This is only a preview of the March 1993 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 44 of the 96 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "Low-Cost Audio Mixer For Camcorders":
Items relevant to "Test Yourself On The Reaction Trainer":
Articles in this series:
|
Bonus 180-page Jaycar Catalog*~~EJ·
$3.95 MARCH 1993
NZ $5.50 ~s\L
SERVICING - VINTAGE RADIO - COMPUTERS - AMATEUR RADIO - PROJECTS TO BUILD
◄
SOLAR CHARGER
FOR 12V BATTERIES
LOW-COST AUDIO MIXER
FOR CAMCORDERS
ALARM-TRIGGERED
SECURITY CAMERA T
•·
FLUKE
PHILIPS
,~
r
i Fluke and Philips handheld tools ,. so
advanced they're simple to use
A host of user-friendly features
Many special features make the
Fluke OM Ms and Philips ScopeMeter
\ more convenient and easier to use.
The display screens are easy to
read. Touch Hold(!) on the Fluke 70
and 80 series freezes the display on,
stable readings - so you can use
f both hands to take a measurement.
The Fluke 10 series features a time
'saving v chek'". a Fluke innovation .
••
t.
impressive range of measurement
capabilities for the 'price.
All series teature auto and manual
ranging. In short, these user-friendly
tools make taking measurements a
great deal easier tor the on site
technician.
The Philips 90 Series
ScopeMeter
The Fluk Multimeter
Series
How pwch meter can you get into
a multimeter?
The Fluke series ot versatile
multimeters blend state-of-the-art
.,__: /,J ~,,.,..-...,: .· ·r."'~- ,; -~~ 2:~: "'_ _....
THE
UN-BREAKTHROUGH
~-THAT WILL HAVE YOU
SMILING FROM
VOLTS TO OHMS
J
Fluke and Philips present the StopeMeter. Plus a
·-..i.JP,'1.911 .~ange of Digital Multimeters
I
l)ES\GNED··~ illl USER SAFITT IN MltfD.
.
.
·mary consideration
t user safety ,s a pn
A safe investment
Fluke and
meone whO owns a
·t
As so
Th ,\\ tell you tnat even ,
- Philips ~eter. II ey er\oad it or hOOk it up
, you acc1denta Yov d n it
\
ou can depen o .
f
~ wrong, Y
d Philips meters of, er
·
Fluke an
.
excellent overload protection. .nc\ude
further safety featur~sf\a1mmab\e
· ks non-in
. recessed input 1acd , with shrouded
cases, test \ea s
ds
·~ onnectors and Mge~ guar_, . . "'
t
k
~
·~·
✓ .r•
~ .¥;
'
HOW TO BEAT
· THE HIGH COST OF
CHEAP METERS
.,
Ooops!
. A tool isn't very useful if it won't
.w1t~stand the hazards of everyday use.
h y putting them through some of
i t e .toughest simulated acc idents
imaginable, Fluke and Ph·1·
1 1ps meters
.
are as tough as they are affordable
Tough enough to work where~er
you work, they offer a long battery l1'e
"·
. And to make sure your modest
vestment in a meter i·s
ll
d FI
we procte ' uke and Philips build th
o last : inside and out • with rugg:J1
otect1ve casings and
,
sign.
error-proof
The result? A wide eh .
f
• tOugh h ·g.1i
01ce o
; ,
performance diagnostic
too 1s ,or the
•.
tnc,an on the go .
..
,;;
-
For further information please contact your local
Philips Test & Measurement Organisation:
NSW (02) 888 8222 VIC (03) 881 3666 WA (09) 277 4822
QLD (07) 240 3700 SA (08) 384 2888 NZ (09) 849 4160
You'll measure better performance
le
PHILIPS
7
1
/4-) ;-w_, 1~/2' /21Ii j
! -...11111
· 1 [
"
1I/7 /;/I
-.J
I
a
/
/I
a..
I I 1"
I
1
I I
1
/
..A.
-~
/
I
A
Vo/.6, No.3; March 1993.
KEEP THAT 12V battery topped
up with this solar cell charger &
matching voltage regulator. It's
ideal for use on camping trips &
in boats, tractors & electric
fences. Details page 20.
FEATURES
4 Sanyo's Big Screen Video Projector by Leo Simpson
Combine it with surround sound for true home theatre
16 Sony's New VGP-G700 Colour Video Printer by Leo Simpson
Prints colour snapshots from videotapes & off-air signals
PROJECTS TO BUILD
20 Build A Solar Charger For 12V Batteries by Branco Justic
Ideal for boats, tractors & electric fences
32 An Alarm-Triggered Security Camera by Tony Nixon
It captures the thief on film using a low-cost camera
50 Low-Cost Audio Mixer For Camcorders by Darren Yates
HIT BACK AT THIEVES with this
alarm triggered security camera.
It automatically captures a thief
on film using a low-cost motordrive camera. See page 32.
Lets you add background music to your home videos
57 Test Yourself On The Reaction Trainer by John Clarke
Use it for fun & to improve eye-to-hand coordination
74 A 24-Hour Sidereal Clock For Astronomers by Bob Flynn
Chose between two versions - one digital, the other analog
SPECIAL COLUMNS
42 Serviceman's Log by the TV Serviceman
The search for the missing link
81 Amateur Radio by Garry Cratt
THIS 2-CHANNEL audio mixer
uses one common IC & can be
built in a couple of hours. Use it
to jazz up your home videos by
mixing in some background
music. Turn to page 50.
A general-coverage shortwave receiver from England
84 Vintage Radio by John Hill
Paper capacitors cause lots of trouble
DEPARTMENTS
2
11
24
66
88
Publisher's Letter
Mailbag
Circuit Notebook
Product Showcase
Back Issues
90 Ask Silicon Chip
92 Notes & Errata
93 Order Form
94 Market Centre
96 Advertising Index
THIS SIDEREAL CLOCK has a
4-digit liquid crystal display &
can be run from batteries or
mains power. Alternatively, you
can build the analog version.
See page 74.
MARCH
1993
1
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus.
Editor
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
PUBLISHER'S LETTER
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Robert Flynn
Darren Yates, B.Sc.
Reader Services
Ann Jenkinson
Sharon Macdonald
Sales & Marketing Mgr.
Sharon Lightner
Phone (02) 979 5644
Mobile phone (018) 28 5532
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Garry Cratt, VK2YBX
Marque Crozman, VK2:ZLZ
John Hill
Jim Lawler, MTETIA
Bryan Maher, M.E., B.Sc.
Jim Yalden, VK2YGY
Bob Young
Photography
Stuart Bryce
Editorial Advisory Panel
Philip Watson, MIREE, VK2ZPW
Norman Marks
Steve Payor, B.Sc., B.E.
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. A.C.N. 003 205 490. All
material copyright©. No part of this
publication may be reproduced without the written consent of the publisher.
Printing: Magazine Printers Pty Ltd,
Alexandria, NSW; Macquarie Print,
Dubbo, NSW.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $42 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates, see
the subscription page in this issue.
Liability: Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be
covered by patents. SILICON CHIP
disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such
equipment.
Editorial & advertising offices:
Unit 1a/77-79 Bassett Street, Mona
Vale, NSW 2103. Postal address:
PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW
2097. Phone (02) 979 5644. Fax
(02) 979 6503.
ISSN 1030-2662
2
SILICON CHIP
Computer monitor reliability leaves
a lot to he desired
Over the last 20 years or so, the reliability of consumer electronics appliances has become almost legendary. As a result, many TV servicemen have
either retired or gone out of business. But there is one area where the overall
reliability leaves a great deal to be desired and this is in regard to video
monitors for personal computers.
While you would think that the enormous complexity of the new motherboards
or hard disc drives would make them suspect, it is the computer monitor
which, more often than not, is the first item to fail. This is despite the fact that
computer monitors are much simpler than the average colour TV set and the
· deflection circuitry is probably not working as hard. Yet computer monitors fail
often, usually in the power supply or deflection circuitry- actually there is not
much else to fail.
This is not a new phenomenon by any means and in the days when
monochrome monitors were standard, it was usually cheaper and much more
convenient to buy a new monitor than to repair a failed unit.
These days though, VGA and large screen monitors cannot be simply
discarded when they fail;. they must be repaired. When that time arrives, be
prepared for a large bill. Many authorised service centres only do board
exchange and the cost can range from a few hundred dollars to six hundred or
more. Even though the fault may be relatively simple to fix, the companies
concerned often have a deliberate policy of doing board-level repairs only and
the consumer really does pay through the nose. In one very well-known brand,
a resistor in the starting circuit of a monitor's switchmode power supply
regularly fails. The obvious and easy cure is to replace that resistor with one of
a higher rating and yet the company concerned has never made any move to
change it. In effect, you pay over $200 for a burnt out five-cent resistor.
The situation is made even more difficult because computer monitors are not
supplied with a circuit diagram and they always use Japanese or Asian parts
which are often difficult to_obtain. Nor will most importers even deign to sell a
service manual or circuit diagram. And if the company concerned goes out of
business you are really on your own.
It would be easy to conclude that there is a certain amount of unfair trading
going on in this field. That means that consumers should try to at least obtain
a circuit and preferably a service manual when they purchase their monitor. I
say that, knowing just how difficult it is in practice. It also leaves the way open
for importers to establish a more enlightened policy on this often unhappy
aspect of computing - their customers will love them for it.
Leo Simpson
SODIUM VAPOUR
LAMPS
<at>s
EL-CHEA PO
LASER
l9n
Brand new 140W low
pressure sodium vapour low
pressu re lamps. Overall
ler,ghl 520 mm, 65mm diam. ,
G.E.C. type SO1/1-1. We
supply data for a very simHar
lamp (135W). LIMITED
QUANTITY.
PULSE COUNT
PASSIVE
INFRARED
MOVEMENT
DETECTOR
$25
Ea.
(Ref: XXFEB93103)
SOLAR LIGHTNING
BARGAIN
(E.A. NOV. 92) This kit has
three separate sectio ns that
are contained on one PCB ,
but can be separated:
(1) A crystal locked ultrasonic
movement detector, (2) A
fluorescent tube inverter
(4·20W) with logic circuitry,
(3) A solar battery charging
regulator, and an incalescent
lamp switcher - pulser, which
employs a mosfet switch , as a
package special we are
offering the complete kit for
the three sections plus six
6V/1 W so lar panels for a total
Probably the cheapest visible
red Helium Neon laser and
power supply every offered.
ANYWHERE' The kit includes
a PCB , transformer, and all
the components needed to
make a 12V operated laser
power supply. The PCB -and
all t he onboard assembly is
the same as the one used in
our EHT GENERATOR (11
also now comes with a PCB) ,
but a f(IN extra necessary
components and
corresponding instructions
are providedwlth the kit.
INCREDIBLE VALUE AT:
$50
For the 12V inverter kit and a
visible red Laser Tube .
cost at:
ONLY $99!
(REF: XXFEB93104)
SOLAR PANEL
GIVEAWAY
Brand new 6 volt 1 watt
amorphous solar panels . Two
of these in se ries make a
great 12V battery maintainer/
charger. Incredible pricing.
$10ea for 10 for $85.
Item No. 0130
IR FILTER
LARGE LENSES
~
This high quality Australian
made PIR FEATURE S TRUE
PULSE COUNT CIRCUITRY:
Digital circuitry that actually
counts the number of pulses,
not just an R-C time constant.
The pulse co unt is even
registered by a separate
green LED, and the number
of pulses desired is se1 by a
DIP swnch: 1·6 pulses. Both
the green LED (PULSE), and
the red LED (DETECT) can
be switched off after testing:
Switched by the dip switch.
12M range with the standard
90 deg. wide angle lens
supplied, or 20M range with
an optional narrow angle
corridor lens. SPECIAL
INTROOUCTORY PRICE :
$46
ACTIVE AND
PASSIVE NIGHT
VISION
Two pairs of these new
lenses were originally used to
make .up one large lens, for
use in IBM equipment. Made
in Japan by TOMINON. Both
lenses are precision ground,
have an anti reflective
coating, and are not
frequency se lective. The
larger of the two lenses has a
diameter of 80mm and
weighs 0.5kg. Experimenters
delight at only :.
A high quality military grade
deep infra red (IR) filter. Used
to filter the IA spectrum from
medium and high power
incandescent spotlights and
flood lights. It's glass base
makes it capable of
withstanding high
temperatures. Approx. 130m ·
diameter and 6mm thick. Can
be used in conjunction infra
red night viewers and IR
responsive CCD cameras:
Many colour video cameras
and most monochrome video
cameras have good IR
response: Check by viewing
the LED's in an TV or VCR
infra red remote control.
Excellent tor night
surveillance equipment! At a
FRACTION OF THEIR REAL
PRICE.
ON SPECIAL AT ONLY:
$45
MYSTERY LASER
Includes 1 12VMK3 universal
power supply kit, plus a used
laser tube with a power rating
in the 1-3mW range. A laser
tube and a power supply for a
little more than the price of
the inverter only:
$89
(Item No. 0110 )
VU METERS
Twin (STEREO) VU meters.
calibrated from -20 to +3 dB's,
and also have a 0-100%
modulation scale. The meter
movements are very easy to
remove for rescallng . overall
lace dimensions 81 x 41,
26mmdeep.
$3
Ea. or four fo r $1 O
ELECTRIC FENCE
KIT
Coming soon is our easy to
construct electric fence kit. It
features very low power
consumption, a so lar
charging/regulating and
indicating circuit, and it can
be easily solar powered . The
PCB (Screened and solder
masked) and all components
kit will cost under
$50
We have available a limited
number of complete
electronic assemblies that
we re originally used in
300Watt and 600Watt UPS's:
Some of these may be faulty!
Acircuit and any necessary
modification instructions will
be provided with each unit.
consist of a PCB that
contains all the necessary
transformers and eledronic
circuitry, which is screwed to
a heat sink to make one
complete module which is
easy to separate and service.
The compact size is made
possible by the use modern
techniques in the inverter
section: A high lrequency
inverter that uses a compact
high power ferrite core
transformer, which is followed
by a switching sine wave
coriverte r and a lo w pass
fi lter. The assembly contains
a battery charging circuit tor a
24 V bariery (Uses a small
mains transformer), mains
failure detection, and a 24V
DC to 240V AC (S0HZ) sine
wave inverter circuitry. The
original UPS's used two 12V
6 .. SAHr batteries conneded
in series'. Inexpensive and
common locally available
devices are used throughout:
LM324's , 400106's, TL494,
7815, LM317, etc. The power
switching devices used in the
inverter, and the sine wave
converter are MOSFETS
(T0220 package): IRF540 and
IRF830 respectively . The
giveaway price for the
complete module?
$30
We also have available some
complete but possibly faulty
UPS's that use these
modules . $60 Ea. or $100
with both the batteries fitted.
$15
for the pair.
Alternatively the complete
lens assembly that contains
two pairs of these lenses
(F:4.S·focal length 230mm) in
an aluminium frame, can be
purchased for $30: DWficult to
pull apart! Total weight 1.7kg,
93mm diameter by 106mm ·
long.
UNINTERRUPTIBLE
POWER SUPPLY
(UPS)
We have previousty sold out
at these hard to obtain
components, but at the time
of publication we should have
available a good supply of
some matching Infra Red
night vision components:
Lens, image converter tune,
eyepiece and a power supply.
These components are
suitable tor constructing
complete Infra Red night
viewer, and the price of the
sets will start from under
$200.
We should also have
available some fibre optically
coupled, second generation
image intensifier tubes , with
built in power supplies:
Operate of a 3V battery. To
make a complete scope
which will respond in as little
as starlight illumination, all
that Is needed Is a 3V battery ,
a switch a low light lens, and
an eyepiece. The tubes are
used (Ex-milnary) , and may
have some minor blemishes .
but all produce full gain.
Priced at a small fraction of
the real value at:
PASSIVE NIGHT
VIEWER
NEW 12 CHANNEL
UHF REMOTE
CONTROL
$89
(Item No. 011 t)
We can also supp ly a sim ila r
kit which inc lud es a laser
diode, unmounted lens, and a
driver kit.
$200
$45
MONOCULAR
VIEWER
(Item No. 0111X)
Note that a suitable receiver
for use in perimeter protection
is the one published in E.A.
April 81 .
.
al
":. ... •· :;,,,,•..~0.-;..
A very small but complete IR
tele- sco pe which only needs
an EHT power supply. which
is provided in kit form.
MARINE
SEARCHLIGHTS
$279
Item No. 012 1A
Includes a "Free" 75mm IR
lilter.
VULTURE CAR
ALARM
E.A. Nov 89. Best value car
alarm kit!! Fully adjustable
voltage drop and vib.ration
sensor on board , instant and
delay inputs, flashing light
output. alarm me mory, battery
back up provision. provision
for U. H.F. remote control,
etc. INCREDIBLE VALUE at
PRICE OF
ONLY:
$29.90
$299
4
This precision co llimator
assembly was removed from
working lase r printers and II is
suppli ed with an extra brand
new laser diode to suit. A
produces a well collimated
laser beam at 780nM/SmW.
Barely visible. We also supply
a PCB and components kit
plus instructions, for a
suitable digital driver circuit
that can be used to complete
the laser transmitter. Suitable
for communications. data
llnKs, perimeter protection.
barcode reading, medical
use, etc .
Co ming soon is ou r new 12
channel UHF remote control
c hann el that is easily
expar,dable to 16 channels.
The syste m features a SAW
reso nator locked transmitter,
preatigned and assembled
receiver "front end" which
solders onto the main
receiver PCB, and a very
compact 2 channel relay
driver PCB which can be
used in multiples: Up to eight
units. As a price indicator, we
will be offe ring a package
deal consisting of
2 transmitter kits, plus one
rece iver kit, plus th r~e re lay
driver kits, for a total cost of
a CLEARANCE
The firs! generation (XX1080)
passive IR night viev,ier tube
features excellent gain, and
when used with a very low
tight objective tens, it can
produce useful images under
almost as little as submoon!ight illumination. Cal
also be IA assisted. We will
supply a XX1080 lube, plu s a
sui table Lens , plus a kit of
pans for an EHT power supply
(PCB and components only)
lor a total price of
IR LASERS
For the complete P .C.B. and
components kit: Whilst stocks
last. ..(Cat No. GKt 24 )
LASER POINT~R
>
High quality pen sizea SmW
laser diode pointer for
teachers, doctors, etc. On
Special
$199
Item No. 0101
These new 0.5 metre
diameter military grade
search lights were made by
LUCAS in the U.K. Th ey are
pa inted grey and are almost
totally made of brass, except
for a few stain less steel
screws and nuts, a mirrored
glass parabolic reflector. and
a glass cover plate, They
have a detachable mounting
pillar which brings the total
height of the searchlight and
the stand to approximately 2
meters. Fully adjustable
positioning and focussing.
Supplied with a 1000W/240V
quartz halogen lamp (T1 1):
23,000 lumens. A very
impressive uniqu e, product
with many appl ications .
Approximate weight of pillar
and Spotlight is 60KG.
$1100
(Ref:XXFEB931 0t)
The $6 P+P charge doesn't
apply to this one II "'Ring"'
OATLEY ELECTRONICS
$500-$700
PO Box 89 , Oatley NSW 2223
VISIBLE LASER
DIODE KIT
Telephone : (02) 579 4985 Fax : (02 ) 570 79 10
Brand new 5mW-670nM lase r
diode, plus a collimating lens,
plus driver kit, plus, hardware,
plus instructions.
MELBOURNE AG ENT : TRU SCOTTS (031 723 3860
MAJOR CAR DS ACC EPTED WITH PHONE ·
FAX ORDERS . P+P
$89
FOR MOST MIXED ORDERS : AUSTRALIA $6 . N.Z (Ai r Mall ): $ 10
Item No. 0164
Sanyo's big screen video
projector + Yamaha's
surround sound system=
4
S ILICON CHI P
This photo shows the dramatic
sweep of the picture available
from the Sanyo liquid crystal
video projector. For best
results, the room should be
completely darkened.
Would you like to bring the large screen & big sound of a
cinema into your home? Now you can, as we found when
we reviewed the combination of Sanyo's PLC-200PP
liquid crystal video projector and Yamaha's RX-V1050
stereo receiver with Dolby Pro-Logic surround sound.
By LEO SIMPSON
No matter how much you may enjoy movies
and documentaries on your TV set at home,
their impact is but a pale shadow of what you
see when you visit your local cinema. Big screen
and big sound is what you get at the cinema
and these are sadly lacking when you watch
the same programs at home.
Even if you have one of the later model TV
sets with screen sizes up to 80cm diagonal,
they are still small relative to what you see in a
cinema. And while you may have quite a respectable sound system, it is out of place with
a small screen.
The only remedy has been to obtain a video
projection system but these have been large,
unwieldy and expensive. Up until about 12
months ago, video projectors have all been
based on three high power CRTs which produce separate red, blue and green beams which
must be carefully converged and focused onto
a fixed screen. Now there is a new type of video
projector with 'just a single lens system. It is
simple to set up, takes only a moment to focus
and can be zoomed up or down to give the
picture size you want. Th ere are no bulky CRTs
(cathode ray tubes).
How do you produce a full colour video
picture if you do not employ one or three
CRTs? The answer is to use a completely new
technology based on liquid crystal panels. But
these panels are far removed from the everyday
liquid crystal displays used in watches, digital
M A RCH
1993
5
This photo of the projector shows the flip-up lid which conceals the controls,
although all functions can also be accessed by the remote control. The real
magic is in the liquid crystal panels concealed inside the chassis.
multimeters and a host of consumer
appliances.
Most LCDs are reflective but some
are backlit so that they can be seen at
night. The liquid crystal devices used
in the Sanyo video projector are transmissive which means that they work
in a similar way to a backlit LCD but
that is where the -comparison ends.
The diagram of Fig. l shows the general principle used.
Inside the projector is a 160 watt
metal halide discharge lamp which is
the sole light source for the projector.
It is fitted with a dichroic reflector
and its light output is directed through
filters which remove ultraviolet and
infrared (heat). The focused beam then
passes through a dichroic mirror
(DMl) which splits off (reflects) the
red light while allowing green and
blue light to pass through. The green
and blue light is then split in another
dichroic mirror (DMZ) so that now we
have three separate beams.
Each of the three beams is passed
through a liquid crystal panel which
has 110,450 pixels (picture elements)
and these individual picture elements
modulate the beam to make up the
picture. The modulated red, green and
blue beams are then combined into a
single beam by two further dichroic
mirrors (DM3 and DM4) and then
passed through the 67mm zoom lens
system to project onto the screen.
The above description is highly sim6
SILICON CHIP
plified and encompasses new technology which is breathtaking in its
scope. Just think of it: hundreds of
thousands of liquid crystal picture
elem ents being turned on and off with
refresh rates of 25 or 30Hz. Moreover,
the pixels are being constantly modulated so that they can provide a contrast range of 100:1. In essence, it is a
completely new technology for projecting a moving colour image onto a
screen and it has arrived at this advanced stage of development with almost no fanfare at all.
Projector features
Sanyo's PLC-200PP can be used in
virtually any room and can produce a
picture which ranges from 63cm
diagonal to 7.6 metres diagonal. The
smallest projection distance it will
allow is 2.3 metres from the lens to
the screen and since the zoom range
is 2:1 the picture size can range from
63q:n to 114cm diagonal. !Ii a larger
room, where the projection distance
might be say, 6 metres, the maximum
· picture size would be 3.4 metres diagonal.
That might not seem all that big
until you realise that the picture would
be about 2. 7 m etres wide and 2 metres
high. That's about as big as would be
practical in most homes, given the
standard ceiling height of 2.4 metres.
If you want a larger image, you will
need a much larger room and then
you tend to run out of brightness.
Even with smaller pictures, the most
impact is obtained with the room in
complete darkness - the same as in a
cinema.
Setting the unit up is dead simple
and you don't even need a screen - a
blank wall is ideal and it doesn't even
have to be white; a pastel colour will
do. You can use any PAL, SECAM or
NTSC video source and that includes
TV tuners, camcorders, VCRs and
laser disc players. All you do is set
the projector up on a table or bench
square to the wall and turn it on. The
lamp takes 30 seconds to come up to
full brilliance and during this time it
projects a blue image with the message "A MOMENT/UN MOMENTO"
together with a countdown in seconds to zero. After that, the video
signal can be seen on screen.
The projector has adjustable feet at
the front and a click-out foot at the
back so that it can be set up to project
down or up by 5°. With any normal
projector, whether film or video, this
leads to an image which is trapezoidal
rather than rectangular. However, the
Sanyo projector has electronic "keystone" correction so that the image
can be "squared up " simply by pushing a recessed button on the remote
control.
By the way, pushing any button on
the remote control or the equivalent
button on the projector brings up a
message on the screen. For example,
pushing one of the Focus buttons on
the remote control brings up "FOCUS"
on the screen and you can then precisely focus on that text.
Similarly, pushing one of the Zoom
buttons brings up "ZOOM" on the
screen and you can then adjust the
picture to size as required. Each onscreen message disappears after eight
seconds.
Remote control features
While all of the features of the projector can be operated by buttons
which are-underneath a flip-up cover
on the machine, it is far more convenient to use the remote control. This
can be used as a conventional infrared remote control or as a wired remote with a cable. While the wired
remote is tethered to the machine,
you don't have to worry about aiming
it in the general direction of the unit.
Since the Sanyo video projector
performs best in completely darkened
Sanyo's top of the range VHR-290 hifi stereo video recorder is an ideal program
source for the video projector. It is a very fast machine which means that you
don't spend any time waiting for it to put the picture on the screen.
rooms, it follows that a normal remote control is pretty useless because
you can't see the buttons. Sanyo has
recognised this by providing a remote
where all the buttons light up. Just
press the "Light Up" bar on the remote and all the buttons light up for a
period of five seconds.
Also on the remote control are buttons to turn the projector on and off,
select the video source, select the
video standard (auto, PAL, SECAM,
NTSC, adjust the sound level, mute
the sound, picture adjust (contrast,
sharpness, brightness, tint and colour
saturation), normalisation (restores
picture and sound to standard settings) and expand. This last button
allows the central portion of the image to be blown up to twice size which
may be useful in some circumstances.
All your settings are stored in
memory, so there is no need to go
through the set-up procedure each
time you turn on the projector unless,
of course, you have moved it to a
different position.
There is also an S-video socket and a
21-pin SCART socket.
The projector has an internal
speaker and 3 watt amplifier (mono
sound) and the remote control can be
used to adjust the sound, as noted
above. Interestingly, the remote control has no effect on the sound level if
an external amplifier and loudspeakers are used.
Styling of the unit is definitely low
key. While it is robustly built inside,
as it needs to be to maintain all those
mirrors and liquid crystal panels in
alignment, its outer plastic case is
Picture reversal
One feature which is not available
on the remote control but accessible
on the projector itself is picture reversal. This allows the machine to be
used in a rear projection set up.
On the rear of the projector are a
number of sockets for video and audio connections. There are three RCA
sockets for video plus audio left and
right inputs and a further two RCA
sockets for audio left and right connections to an external amplifier.
The rear of the video projector has
sockets for audio & video connections,
including S-video. The unit also has
an internal loudspeaker but using
external amplifiers & speakers gives
a much better result.
very subdued, finished in matt grey.
In fact, it looks a lot smaller than its
overall dimensions suggest. It measures 572mm from the lens cap to the
rear, 268mm wide and 253mm high.
It is also fairly heavy at 13kg but it is
quite comfortable to carry.
Lamp life
Metal halide lamps do not last as
long as CRTs but they are much longer
lived than conventional slide or movie
projector lamps. Sanyo recommends
lamp replacement at 2000 hours and
there is a LED which comes on when
this time has been reached.
Picture quality
Ah, now this is where we come to
the nub of the matter. In the past, it
has been accepted, by most people
who bothered to think about the subject, that for optimum picture presentation, you should sit far away enough
from your TV set so that the line structure is not readily apparent. Clearly, a
lot of people don't bother with this
and sit quite close to their TV sets.
With the very large picture presented by the Sanyo projector, the
line structure is clearly apparent. And
depending on how close you are to
the screen and how keen your sight
is, the individual pixels of the image
can also be seen.
Nor.is the picture quality really anything to write home about, if you are
judging it on a purely objective basis.
As you can imagine, if you blow up a
standard PAL picture by many times,
the limited video bandwidth is readily apparent in the relatively soft focus. It is certainly not high definition
TV and it is a long way short of the
best 35mm film images. On the other
MARCH
1993
7
Sanyo's flicker free video - how it works
There are many aspects of
Sanyo's PLC-200PP video projector
which beggar the imagination. For
example, most people who have any
knowledge of liquid crystal displays
know that are they digital in nature,
either fully on or fully off. But Sanyo's
110,450 pixel liquid crystal panels
produce the full range of colours expected from a standard colour TV
set and with a contrast range (bright
to dark) of 100:1. Just how does
Sanyo manage that?
And the projector copes with any
standard video source whether it is
PAL, NTSC or SECAM (or S-video).
The normal method of doing a full
video standards conversion would
be to incorporate a "frame store".
This would also enable the field rate
to be doubled (to 10OHz) and thus
avoid flicker which is otherwise very
troublesome on large screen sets.
But the Sanyo projector does not
have a field store for standards conversion and nor does it double the
vertical scan rate . And yet, that large
and dramatic screen is completely
free of flicker, in spite of being
scanned at the normal 50Hz rate for
PAL sources.
Let's consider how the liquid crystal panels are driven first. Each of
the pixels is controlled by its own thin
film transistor (TFT) which is on the
pixel itself (ie, the light passes
through it. Each TFT is essentially a
Mosfet which naturally has a fairly
substantial gate capacitance and this
provides a sample-and-hold facility.
The gate of each TFT is supplied
with a sample of the video signal and
this signal is analog which means
that the transistor does not have to
be either on or off, it can also be
anywhere in between and hence the
"twisted nematic" fluid of the pixel
can be anywhere between fully transmissive and opaque.
hand, in view of the poorly fo cused
images you see in man y cinemas, th e
Sanyo projector stands up pretty well
by comparison.
So on a purely objective assessment,
concerned with line and pixel structure and video bandwid th, the picture quality is pretty ordinary. However, that is not the end of the matter
by a long shot. The strong point of the
Sanyo video projector is that it produces such a large and bright picture
and furth ermore, it is completely
fli cker-free.
The simple fac t is that, after watching that dramatically' large picture for
a few minutes, line and pixel structure becomes unimportant. You become so engrossed in the program
that you just don 't notice the line
structure.
8
SILICO N CHJ P
Sample & hold
But why doesn't the picture flicker?
The answer is because of that "sample and hold" facility on the gate of
each TFT. In a normal television picture tube, the image is created line
by line, with the electron beam scanning rapidly over the picture tube. In
the 625-line PAL system, the image
is scanned at 50Hz, alternating between odd and even lines which build
up a complete frame in 1125th of a
second. After the electron beam has
passed over a particular spot on the
tube, the phosphors will continue to
emit light for a brief period of time but
the system also depends on persistence of vision so that we see a constant image on the screen.
However, while the screen may be
Sound quality
Sound quality is a most important
factor. While the Sanyo projector does
have an inbuilt speaker, its mono output quality is no more than could be
expected and it also has to compete
with the noise of the internal cooling
fans. To do justice to the system , you
need good quality stereo sound at the
very least. That means that any video
source you are using shoul d provide
stereo sound.
For the purpose of our review, we
used a Sanyo VHR 290 video recorder
with hifi stereo sound. This VCR is
the flagship of Sanyo's range and has
scanned at 50Hz (the field rate), the
complete image is updated at 25Hz
and this leads to residual flicker which
can be very noticeable on bright parts ,
of the screen.
In the Sanyo projector, the pixels
are split between odd and even lines
and they build up the picture in the
same way as in a cathode ray tube.
The difference is that whereas the
image from a picture tube depends
on phosphor spots which are excited
very briefly every 1125th of a second,
each pixel TFT is fed a sample of
video signal every 1125th of a second and its stays turned on to that
value until it receives the next video
sample.
Thus, most of the pixels of the
screen stay on all the time, constantly transmitting light at whatever
the required value is and only changing if the signal changes. This means
that there is no apparent flicker in the
picture at all.
Standards conversion
So how does Sanyo manage video
standards conversion without resorting to a frame store? In essence, the
projector is designed to the American NTSC standard as far as line
scan rate is concerned. This means
that the picture is essentially 525
lines with a field rate of 60Hz for
just about every feature you could
want. If you want a first class video
signal with stereo sound, whether "off
air" via its inbuilt tuner or from tape,
it is the ideal source to team with the
Sanyo PLC-200PP video projector.
With the program source catered
for, we still had the problem of the
amplifier and loudspeaker system. To
do the Sanyo projector full justice,
you really should settle for nothing
less than a system which can produce
full surround sound. To obtain that
from pre-recorded video tapes , that
means you need an amplifier system
which has Dolby's Pro-Logic decoder.
Anything less is just short-changing
the system .
Sanyo do not have a surround sound
Red panel
Projection lens
Dichroic
reflector
LCD panel
Condenser lens
Fig.1: the Sanyo
projector uses four
dichroic mirrors to
first split the light
beam from the metal
halide lamp & then to
recombine the red,•
green & blue beams
after they have been
modulated by the
liquid crystal panels.
Ultraviolet filter
NTSC program material and 50Hz
for PAL material. To convert 625-line
PAL pictures to 525 lines, the projector could do it by simply omitting one
line in every six but this wou ld lead to
jagged diagonal lines on the screen .
Instead, the conversion is done by
means of a "line store" (much simpler than a frame store) and a complex averaging scheme is used. For
example, the first PAL line becomes
the first NTSC line. The second
NTSC line is a combination of 4/5ths
of the 2nd PAL line and 115th of the
3rd PAL line. The third NTSC line
becomes 3/5ths of the 3rd PAL line
and 2/5ths of the 4th PAL line. The
4th PAL line becomes 2/5ths of the
4th PAL line and 3/5ths of the 5th
PAL line. Finally, the 5th NTSC line
becomes 115th of the 5th PAL and
4/5ths of the 6th PAL line. The process then repeats. Get the picture?
When you thin k about it, while the
Sanyo projector does not use a frame
store to do the standards conversion , the LCD panels themselves are
effectively a frame store. After all ,
they hold the video signal constant
between each update, which happens every 1125th of a second.
amplifier so we turned tOYamaha and
arranged for the loan of their RXV1050 AM/FM stereo A/V receiver. If
ever a product was made to complement the Sanyo projector, this Yamaha
stereo receiver is it. It not only incorporates Dolby Pro-Logic decoding but
also has has digital sound fi eld processing, as pion eered in the Yamaha
DSP-1 a few years ago.
With five amplifie r ch annels to
drive front , rear and middle speakers,
the DSP system can imitate the reverberation times of large and small concert halls. Not only that but the RXV1050 is also designed to switch video
program sources so that it can handle
video and audio signals from three
sources; it even has S-video inputs.
This makes it ideal as the program
selector for the Sanyo projector.
We set u p the San yo projector and
Yam aha surround sound amplifi er
combination with Dynaudio Image 4s
as the main lou dspeakers (to be reviewed in a future issue), together
with Yamaha NS-A102s as the rear
speakers an d a Yamaha NS-Cl 10 as
the centre effect speaker. Also hooked
into the system was a Yamaha CD
player.
All of this equipment was set up in
the reviewer's home, in a room measuring about 4.8 x 3.6 metres. This
room is normally used as a music
listening room and so is ideal fo r a
"h ome cinema" . Th e final essential
ingredients were a number of video
Dichroic mirrors
As Fig .1 shows, the Sanyo projector uses four dichroic mirrors to first
split the light beam from the metal
halide lamp and then to recombine
the red, green and blue beams after
they have been modulated by the
liquid crystal panels. However, some
readers may wonder why the lamp
reflector is also labelled as being
dichroic. How and why should a simple lamp reflector be dichroic? Should
it not reflect all light equally well?
The answer is that a dichroic mirror reflects some light and passes
through the remainder. In the case of
the lamp reflector, it reflects all light
up into the ultraviolet range but most
of the infrared (ie, heat) passes
through it. This needs to be the case
because the liquid crystal panels cannot stand very much heat. That is
why there are also UV and infrared
filters in front of the lamp. In fact , the
liquid crystal panels can only withstand a maximum temperature of
80°C. Contrast that with the bulb
temperature of the metal halide lamp
which normally runs at 1000°C. No
wander the projector has two fans to
keep the interior cool.
tapes of current action movies with
lots of special effects and featuring
Dolby Surround Sound.
Audio/video integration
With all of these factors brought
together, the system really comes to
life and is capable of providing an
entertainment experience every bit as
dram atic as that experienced in any
picture theatre. The large screen is
good, for all the reasons we have listed
above, but it really needs a full range
surround sound system for maximum
impact.
Once you sat down in the darkened
room and pressed the play button on
the VCR remote control to start the
program you were then immersed in a
MARCH
1993
9
Yamaha's RX-V1050
stereo receiver offers full
Dolby Pro-Logic
decoding & DSP to give a
variety of surround
sound environments. It
has five amplifiers with
a total power output of
390 watts into 8 ohms. It
also has 40 preset AM/
FM stations & a
comprehensive remote
control with "learning"
facilities.
complete cinema experience. The
larger than life-size images combined
with spectacular surround sound
make it all happen. Switching on the
lights at the end of the program is just
like emerging from a theatre and coming back to everyday reality - it's that
good.
In fact, with this combination of
the Sanyo video projector and the
YamahaRX-V1050 stereo receiver, we
finally have achieved the "audio/
video integration" that the Japanese
manufacturers have been talking about
for years.
Sound simulation
Yamaha's RX-V1050 could be the
subject of a complete review just by
itself as it has so many features. With
Dolby Surround Sound, the dialogue
comes from the front speakers (in
stereo) while music and sound effects
come from the front, rear and centre
channels to give dramatic reinforcement to the visual happenings.
Yamaha has also added Enhanced
Dolby mode which, as the name suggests, beefs up the sound effects. As
well, there is Concert Video, Mono
Movie, Rock Concert and Concert Hall
effects. Concert Video is intended for
movie soundtracks with stereo but
without Dolby. Mono Movie is good
for ordinary VCR tapes with mono
sound - it gives a good simulated
stereo spread.
Rock Concert and Concert Hall are,
as the names suggest, mainly intended
for listening to music rather than as
accompaniment to video but there is
10
SILICON CHIP
no reason why they could not be used
to provide the sound field for music
videos, both rock and classical. And
if you want to dispense with any enhancement, you can always listen to
your music in unadorned stereo.
be written the programmed functions.
Naturally, it could be used to control
both the Sanyo projector and VCR.
Now if we had remote controlled room
lighting as well, we would have total
bliss!
Juggling the remotes
Closing thoughts
And now to a few practicalities.
Ever had the feeling that your remote
controls were conspiring against you?
They have the habit of hiding underneath the couch, underneath papers
on the coffee table or even sliding
behind cushions so that you go
through enormous frustration when
you suddenly need them. Well, home
theatre is like that only worse.
Each piece of equipment used in
the above setup has its own remote
control and only the one for the Sanyo
projector has buttons which light up.
In a darkened room, you then have
the added complication of not being
able to see which buttons to press, as
well as the problem of finding the
right remote control in the first place.
The remote control for the Yamaha
stereo receiver is a partial solution.
As well as controlling its own extensive range of features, it can be used
to control a Yamaha CD player and
cassette deck so that meant I was not
forced to use the remote control for
my CD player. Still, you can't see the
buttons in the dark.
Furthermore, the Yamaha receiver's remote control has learning functions so that it can also be programmed
to control other appliances. It comes
with paper templates on which can
So what is the overall picture? In
our opinion, the Sanyo video projector will find a ready market both in
teaching and training institutions, as
well as in the home. In teaching applications, the internal speaker in the
projector is adequate although a modest stereo setup with speakers either
side of the screen is a big improvement.
In the home, you really need to go
for the full Sanyo and Yamaha combination. Going for one without the other
would be a waste of money and even
then, it is a choice which will only be
available to the well-off. The recommended retail price of the Sanyo PLC200PP is $7499 while the RRP of the
Sanyo-290R hifi stereo VCR is $899.00.
The Yamaha RX-V1050 stereo receiver
is $1399. To those figures must be
added the cost of main and surround
sound loudspeakers.
For further information on the
Sanyo video projector and hifi stereo
VCR, contact Sanyo Australia Pty Ltd,
PO Box 401 , Homebush, NSW 2140.
Phone (02) 763 3822. For further information on the range of Yamaha surround sound equipment, contact
Yamaha Music Australia Pty Ltd, 1733 Market Street, South Melbourne
Vic 3205. Phone (03) 699 2388.
SC
MAILBAG
More wanted on
appliance servicing
Many thanks to J. E. of Blackburn
(SILICON CHIP, November 1992) for the
article "Dirty Heads On Beta VCR" in
the Ask Silicon Chip column. I came
across a similar problem some weeks
ago on an AWA VCR. This machine
was plagued with constant flickering
picture problems.
When I think back, had I spent more
time cleaning around the video heads
gap area, it may have helped solve the
problem quicker.
My reason for writing is to encourage more readers to write in with similar questions about faults in radios,
TVs, videos and other appliances. This
in turn will spark a response from
readers who know how to fix the various problems or who can advise on
the best approach to tackling the problems.
The Serviceman column is excellent and contains lots of good information on servicing. However, that
column can only cover cases which
come across his and his colleagues'
workbenches. My proposal is for contributions from readers and their various mixed bag of electronics problems.
R. Pankiv,
Sheffield, Tasmania.
Howl suppression
in PA systems
This letter is in answer to the letter
from W. P. of Werris Creek, NSW about
howl suppression in PA systems.
The howl suppression concept does
work. I have used one in a PA system
and find that the gain of the amplifier
can be increased a further 3db. And
even with vocals, the pitch shift is not
noticeable.
So with eagerness I tackled the SILICON CHIP circuit in the June 1991
issue but unfortunately, I could not
get it to work. I spent weeks breadboarding the circuit and eventually
made a PC board but to no avail.
A device that electronically changes
the pitch of an audio signal by an
unnoticeable 5Hz could be used in
megaphones to stop that annoying
squealing and to allow an increase in
gain. It could also be used in PA systems or with individual microphones
to stop feedback. A stereo version
could also be used to stop the acoustical feedback with record players when
the vibrations are transmitted through
the floor to the stylus.
Perhaps SILICON CHIP may care to
have another go at this very useful
concept.
S. Pickford,
Attdale, WA.
Comment: the circuit published in
June 1991 does work but is difficult to
adjust. That's the reason we didn't
publish a PC board for this project. If
other readers are interested in this
subject, we'll see what we can do.
Drawing symbols don't comply
with Australian Standards
I see that the logic symbols used for
circuits in your magazine ·do not comply with current Australian Standards. The relevant Standards were
published in 1986 (publication s
AS1102.9 , AS1103.8 and SAA HB8)
and comply with international standards, ratified by the International
Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).
They are in use in digital data books
from a number of manufacturers, such
as Philips (Signetics) and Texas Instruments, and will become more common.
The "new" rectangular symbols are
generally easier to read and draw, both
manually and via CAD, and use a
rational approach to symbol construction and notation. For simple devices
(eg, AND and OR gates), the symbols
are self-explanatory and would have
been seen before by most readers. Even
relatively complex devices can be interpreted after a little thought and
circuit study.
I suggest that you publish a series
of educational articles to introduce
and explain the basic concepts of
AS1102.9 symbols and dependency
notation to your readers, with the aim
of adopting this Australian Standard
in your magazine.
P. Lonick,
Beckenham, WA.
SILICON CHIP,
PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach 2097.
Criticism of
PC board tracks
Thank you for producing SILICON
CHIP. One comment I would like to
make is about PC boards. My criticism is demonstrated by the board for
the Number Cruncher on page 48 of
the December 1992 issue. Here is a
fun project but look at the board layout. We have up to five tracks located
inside DIL ICs.
Being a hobbyist who enjoys making his own PC boards, I cannot handle more than two tracks inside DIL
ICs and definitely not tracks between
pins. Some of the parallel tracks are
also very close. This Number Cruncher
looks like fun but I will either have to
buy the PC board or redraw it.
G. Donaldson,
Bonney Hills, NSW
Comment: because this project uses a
Jot of !Cs and little else, we had no
alternative but to run many of the
tracks close together to keep the board
to a reasonable size. The only other
approach would have been to make
the board double-sided but that would
have greatly increased the cost.
Tyre valves recycled
as rubber feet
I have a useful hint to readers who
build a lot of electronic projects and
who, like myself, are always looking
for rubber feet. Whilst getting some
new tyres on my car the other day, I
noticed on the surrounding cement
floor thousands of items that looked
like rubber feet. Closer examination
showed them to be valve stern ends,
which are snapped off when the valve
is to be replaced in the rim on tubeless tyres.
These rubber feet are for free. Just
get down to a local tyre dealer that
does•volume sales in tyres and valves
and the feet are there by the thousands. I can guess that I am not going
to be popular with suppliers who sell
the real thing. But I like to recycle
useful throw-away items and the back
end of a valve stern is especially useful to project buffs.
R. Barham,
Cairns, Qld.
MARCH
1993
11
lt\-ONE A-ONE A-ONE A-ONE A-ONE
~
A-ONE 1ST BIRTHDAY
0
PDP~~otM~~RSARV S~kr§.RcH
~
~
r--r..,
~o
~
r7'
20% OFF ALL
(UNTIL STOCK SOLD OUT)
Cat. # S0207
Cat.
Cat.
Cat
Cat:
# S0208
# S0209
# s0210
# S0006
Cat.# S0007
I
Cat. # S0008
Cat. # S0009
Cat.# S0311
Cat. # S0312
~
Cat. #S0314
Cat. # S0315
Cat. # S0316
I
<
r--r..,
~
~
0
Cat. # S0317
Cat.# S0318
Cat. # S0319
~
~
Cat. # S0320
Cat. # S0321
Cat. # S0322
~
Cat. # S0323
~
Cat.# S0324
~
Cat. # S0325
~
~
•93 o N, v
Cat.# S0326
Cat.# S0332
Cat.#S0401
Compact e!ectronic digital
switch
Mini Timing Switch
Mini Electronic Organ
FM Wireless Transmitter
0-30V 20A Regulated PSU
with ful l protection
+/- 9.730v 2.5A Dual Regulated
PStJ
0-30V 1OA Regulated PSU
0-50V 6A Regulated PSU
with full protection
Stereo Tone Control Amplifier
Complete Stereo Speaker
Protector
125Wx2(320W BTL) MOSFET
Amplifier
40Wx2 Low Voltage Amplifier
60Wx2 (200W BT L) Super
LOW T IM Amp
120W MOSFET Mono
Power Amplifier
Stereo All FET Pre-Amp
with 5 band SEA EQ
80Wx2 All FET Stereo
Main Amplifier
50W Class A Mono Power
Amplifer
Stereo 10 Band SEA
Graphic EQ
2W Stereo Class A
Pre-Amplifier
160W Stereo, Class A
Complete Amplifier
Mixer with Surround Mixing
System
Stereo 4ch Mixer with
3 band SEA EQ
KARAOKE Mixer Pre-Amplifier
50Wx2 (1 50W BTL)
Power Amplifier
Dual LCD Digital Panel Meter
was
was
was
was
$15
$15
$1 2
$11 .50
now
now
now
now
was $149
now
$12.00
$12.00
$9.60
$9.20
$119.20
was $48
was $84
now$38.40
now$67.20
was $89
was $15
now $71.20
now$12.00
was $ 19
now
was $199
was $33
SALE $100
BOTH FOR
ONLY $358
$15.20
now $159.20
now $26.40
was $87
now
$69.60
was $69
now
$55.20
was $94
now
$75.20
was $124
now
$99.50
was $69
now
$55.20
was $84 .50
now
$67.60
was $54.50
now
$43.60
was $119.50 now
$95.60
was $64.95
now
$51.90
was $64 .95
was $79.50
now
now
$51.90
$63.60
was $48.50
was $94.50
now
now
$38.80
$75.60
10% OFF ALL TYPES OF TRANSFORMER IN STOCK
• Teroidal Power Transformers • Step Down 240V-110V Isolation Transformers
• Adjustable Voltage Variable Transformers • Isolation Variable Transformers
• And all of General Purpose Transformers
SPECIAL!
Computer Grade Lug Mounting Capacitor (made in USA) suitable for Hi-Fi Amplifier
to give Best Quality Sound output
Cat.# E0007 16,000 uF 50VDC (2" W x 4 1/8" H) only $34.95
Cat. # E0008 18,000 uF 50VDC (2" W x 3 3/8" H) only $29.95
SM-302 120W STEREO POWER
AMPLIFIER A0001
$219
SM-333 surround soun d processor employs
the most updated int egrated circu its as its
heart . It is also equipped w it h a (DNA) Dynamic
Noise Reductor systems IC made by " National
Semicond uctor" to particularl y filter out the
annoying noise t hat is commo nly found on
tapes or CD disks; t herefore (DNA) system is
suitable for and has outstand in g performance
on d ifferent video types, CD , LD, or Dolby
Surround encod ing d isks and tapes, etc. The
internal noise reduced to its m inim um level, to
produce ultimate live performance effect.
SPECIFICATIONS & ELECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS:
FREQU ENCY RESPONSE
T.H.D . (Front channel)
T.H.D. (Rear channel)
Input signal voltage
Front channel output
voltage
Input impedance
Surround sound output
Voltage
Del ay time
Power
Dimensions
: 20 Hz-20KHz+/-5dB
: 0.05 % 20Hz-20KHz
: < 0.25%
: 0.1V-3.5V(MAX)
: 0.1V-3.5V(MAX)
: 47Kohms
:6.6V(MAX)
: 5ms-50ms
: AC240Vat 50Hz
: Wide 360mm,(14 .2in .)
Depth 122mm ,(4 .82in.)
Height 53mm ,(2.10in.)
SM-333 VIDEO/AUDIO SURROUND
$239
SOUND PROCESSOR A0002
In order to match w it h the SURROUND SOUND
PROCESSOR , our co mpany has spec ially
designed a 120W Stereo Power Amp. This
amp lifier not on ly acts as a perfect partner of
Surround Sound Processor b ut also many
other audio sources. The special design of all
components are soldered on one P.C. Board .
SPECIFICATIONS & ELECTRICAL
CHARACTERISTICS:
FREQUENCYRESPONSE : 20Hz-20KHz
TOTAL HARMONIC
: LESS THAN 0.1%
DISTORTION
: 60W/4 ohms, 33W/8 ohms per channel
POWER OUTPUT
INPUTSENSITIVITY
:10mV
MIG
:380mV
LO
:640mV
HI
: BETTERTHAN 70d8
S/N RATIO
LOADIMPEDANCE
: 40HM-80HM
POWERCONSUMPTION : 130VA
: 360mm(W)x75mm(H)x220mm(D)
DIM ENSIONS
14" X 3" X 8-5/8"
~ONE A-ONE A~ONE A-ONE A-ONE
HIGH QUALITY
DIGITAL PANEL METERS
41/2 DIGIT HI-PRECISION DPM
S0406 $79.50
This precision digital meter is a standalone voltmeter - ammeter or can interface
with a computer!
4½ digit 0.55" LED display. Temperature
compensated to 100 PPM!°C. Operating
temperature range is 0°C to +70°C.
Outputs include BCD data, Busy and
strobe. Panel reading can be latched on hold .
SPECIFICATIONS
Range:
DC vo ltage:
DC current:
Stability:
Power requirements:
Dimensions:
31/2 MULTIFUNCTIONAL LCD
DPM (WITH HOLD FUNCTION)
S0408 $59.50
S0408 Digital Panel Meter which employs
high quality AID converter IC as a main
device. The IC drives the 3½ digit of LCD
digital display directly. By connecting one or
two resistors to produce al l range of
vo ltmeter, ohmmeter and currentmeter.
Besides, this unit has detail circuit diagram
on temperature meter. Frequency meter.. .etc
for reference .
Being of high impedance due to FET
input , and low bias current, the digital panel
meter SM series is furnished with the
automatic zero adjustment circu it and
automatic polarity transfer, with 100 PPM/°C
temperature compensated voltage reference,
high reliable within 0°- 50°C.
Input sensitivity of S0408 Digital Panel
Meter is DC± 199.9mV for fu ll scale display.
Input impedance: 100M ohm. Working voltage
of S0408 is DC 9V, 1.8mA. In order to upset
the meter's stability and accuracy, a
100ppm/°C temperature Compensated
Voltage Reference Diode is employed, to
make this meter work, in the best way within
0-50°C.
SPECIFICATIONS
DC Voltage Range:
AC Voltage Range:
Thermometer Range:
DC Current Range:
Capac itance Range:
Frequency Counter:
Display:
1mVto 1000V
1mVto 1000V
0°C to 100°c
1 microamp to 2 amps
1 pf to 2 microfarads
10 Hz to 20 KHz
3½ digit 15mm high
LCD
Maximum Indication: -1999 or +1999
Power Supply:
DC9V±5%
Po wer Consumption: 16mW
Outline Dimensions: 3¾" (W) x F/s" (H) x
4-1/16" (D).
DIN standard
This Case meets West German DIN standard.
3'½ MULTIFUNCTIONAL LED
DIGITAL PANEL METER
S0405 $64.50
This is a high quality device with excellent
1mVto 2000V
1 microamp to 20 amps
±0.025%±2 digits
5 to 6 volts DC at
200 ma
4-5/16" (W), 3¼ (D),
1¾"(H).
specifications. Instruct ions are included to
use th is instrument as a vo ltmeter, ammeter,
temperatu re meter, frequency meter and
capacitance meter.
The accuracy of this meter is ± 0.1 % , ± 1
digit.
Input impedance is 100 megohms. It has
high vibration res istance and so can be used
in a mobile or portable environment. Resets
to zero automatically. The meter is
temperature compensated so that is can be
used from O to + 150 degrees fahrenheit.
SPECIFICATIONS
DC Voltage Range:
AC Voltage Range:
Thermometer Range:
DC Current Range:
Capacitance Range:
Frequency Counter:
Display:
Maximum Indication :
Power Supply:
Dimensions:
1mVto 1000V
1mVto 1000V
0°c to 100°c
1 microamp to 2 amps
1 pf to 2 microfarads
10 Hz to 20 KHz
3½ digit 0.5" high LED
-1999 or +1999
5 to 6 VDC, 200 ma
3¾" (W) x F /s" (H) x
4-1 /6" (D).
Th is Case meets Germany DIN standard.
41/2 DIGIT HI-PRECISION DPM
WITH DIN CASE S0407 $89.50
This is essentially our very popular S0406
digital panel meter but in a standard DIN
case. Like the S0406, it has a large 0.55" LED
readout. It is also temperature compensated
to 100 PPMl°C . Operating temperature range
is 0° to +70°C.
A MEMORY SYSTEM can HOLD the input
reading for comparison and monitor. This
is a sensitive unit. An input of 1.9999 volts
results in full scale display. The unit operates
on 5 VDC at 200ma.
SPECIFICATIONS
Rear outputs:
Range:
DC vo ltage:
DC current:
Accuracy:
Power requirements:
BCD data, Busy, Strobe
1mVto 2000V
1 microamp to 20 amps
±0.025%±2 digits
5 to 6 volts DC at
200 ma
3¾"(W) x 17/s"(H)
Dimensions:
4-1/16" (D).
This Case meets Germany DIN standard.
31/2 DIGITAL PANEL METER
S0402 $49.50
S0404 $59.50
These meters use a Teledyne AID
converter integrated circuit. The display is a
0.6" LED for high visibility. These kits are easy
to assemble and the instructions provide
information on how to use the meter as a
voltmeter, ammeter, ohmmeter, thermometer,
frequency counter or capacitance meter.
A red plastic face is provided to enhance
viewing contrast.
The S0404 has a HOLD FUNCTION, so
the last readout can be held!
SPECIFICATIONS
DC Voltage Range:
AC Voltage Rang e:
Thermometer Range:
DC Current Range:
Capacitance Range:
Frequency Counter:
Display:
Maximum Indication:
Power Supply:
Dimensions:
1mVto 100V
1mVto 1000V
0°c to 100°c
1 microamp to 2 amps
1 pf to 2 microfarads
10 Hz to 20 KHz
3½ digit 0.5" high LED
-1999 or +1999
5 to 6 VDC, 200 ma
4.75" (W) x 1.75" (H) x
1.56" (D).
>.
~
~
INO-V :tINO-V :tlNO-V :tINO-V :tINO-V
A-ONE A-ONE A-ONE A-ONE A-ONE
~
~
~
~
+I• 0-50V 6A REGULATED PSU
r....-,
Output voltage:
..
Z
0
<
S0010 $159.95
+- 0-S0V DC (+- 0-35V
SA RMS Regulated)
·Current:
2A, +2A=4A, +2+2=6A
Overload Indicator: Current Limit
Sharp cut out
Output reset turn the selector to current limit
point.
I/P Transformer:
+/·0·35V 2.5A DUAK REGULATED PSU
S0007.$48:tl0'"
+ 0-35V/0-70V $38.40
Output voltage:
OA HEAVY-DUTY REGULATED PSU
SOOO&J,149:0IJ'
$119.20
Output voltage:
0-32V
Current:
Overload Indicator:
Protection method:
I/P Transformer:
Recommended:
Current:
20AMAX
Overload Protection
Ranges:
CUSC
Overload Induced Sharp Cutting Method (SC).
Overload Induced Current Limiting Method (CL).
Limiting Range:
(Basic) 5A+5A+5A+5A
Total 20A
18V-24Vx2/30A
24+24V/800VA
2.5A
LED
Current Limited
18-24Vx2/6-8A
22+22V/225VA
R~ommeadod,
·
~
~
<
~
~
0·20V 20A REGULATED PSU
S0005 $134.00
6.5V TO 18V DC REGULATED PSU
S0011 $149.00
Output voltage:
0-20V
Current:
20AMax
Overload Protection
Ranges:
(CUSC)
(Basic) 5A+5A+5A+5A Total 20A Switch
Setting.
I/P Transformer:
12V-18Vx2/30A
Recommended:
18+ 18V/S00VA
Output voltage:
6.5V to 18V DC (25V Max)
Fully adjustable
Output Current:
20A Max
Current limit control:4 Steps (5A,10A,15A,20A)
Ripple and noise:
15 mV
Line Regulation:
0.08% + 20mV
Load Regulation:
0.08% + 20mV
Input Power:
18 to 20V AC
50-60HZ, 20-30A
Recommended
18+18/S00VA
Transformer:
(T0238-Parallel Secondary)
100W CLASS 'A' MAIN AMPLIFIER
(MONO)
S0313 $79.00
120W MOSFET PGWER AMP (MONOI
S0329 $195.00
100W DYNAMIC CLASS 'A' MAIN POWER
AMP (MONO)
S0310 $89.00
Power Output:
Frequency
Response:
Input. Impedance:
Input Sensitivity:
Supply Voltage:
Current:
Power Bandwidth:
THD 1KHz 1W:
Transformer:
Recommended
Transformer:
Power Output:
Frequency
Response:
Power Output:
<
0-50V 3A PRECISION PSU SD001 $49.00
Output voltage:
Current:
Overload Indicator:
Protection method:
I/P Transformer:
Recommended:
0-S0V
0.5 to 3A
LED
Auto shut on overload
and short circuit
22V-36Vx2/3A 50Vx2/3A for High O/P
36+36V/160VA 45+45V/160VA High O/P
~
~
I
<
.
Z
0
<
I
Recomm ended
Transformer:
100W8 OHM
0-100KHz
22K.
0.8V
DC+/-30 -42V(MAX)
SA
5-S0KHz
0.001 %
28Vx2/5A
30+30V/ 160VA.
(T0209) MONO
30+30V/300VA.
(T0217) STEREO
120W RMS into 8 OHMS
8Hz to 20KHz,
+0 to 0.4db
Input Sensitivity:
1V RMS for 120W Output
Power Requirement:+/- 45 to 55 VDC at
3AMono
40Vx2/3A/160VA for
MONO
40Vx2/6A/300VA for
STERO
Recommended
Transformer:
40+40V/160VA.
(T0212) MONO
40+40V/300VA.
(T0219) STEREO
Frequency
Response:
T.H .D.:
TIO:
Input Sensitivity:
S/N Ratio:
Power Supply:
Power
Consumption:
Recommended
Transformer:
Recommended
Transformer:
100W RMS into 8 OHM
.150W RMS into 4 OHM
10Hz to 20KHz
Less than 0,008%
Less than 0.008%
0.75V-1V
Better than 80db
+/-35VTO +/-45V DC
3.5A per channel.
30+30V/160VA
(T0209) Mono
30+30V/300VA
(T0217) STEREO
~NO-V ~NO-V ~NO-V ~NO-V ~NO-V
-ONE A-ONE A-ONEA-ONE A-ONE
DC FET SUPER CLASS 'A' PRE-AMP
S0330 $145.00
FULL COMPLIMENTERY SYMMETRY FET
STEREO PRE-AMP
S0308 $159.00
300W HI-FI POWER AMP(MONO)
S0331 $175.00
Frequency
Response:
Frequency
Response:
Power Output:
T.H.D.:
Input Sensitivity
& Impedance:
Phono:
Output Level:
Pre-AMP Output:
Recording Output:
Input Power:
Recommended
Transformer:
~
Overall (AUX to pre
output)
(at rated ouput) 10 to
100,000HZ +0.5-1 db
Overall (From AUX) Less
than 0.01 %
(1,000HZ for rated
output)
47K OHMS.2mV
Rated Output
(0.01% THD)
1.3V (20V MAX.
0.1% THD)
130mV
36+36V/0.2A
30+30V/15VA.
(T0231)
10 to 100KHz
+0.5db -1db
T.H.D. (From AUX): 0.005% at/below rated
O/P
Channel Separation (at rated O/P 1 KHz)
Better than 70db.
Phono:
HUM & Noise (IHF)
Better than 70db.
Phono:
Better than 90db.
AUX:
Input Sensitivity & IMP. (1 KHz for rated
Phono 47K OHM,2mV
output):
Rated O/P(0.01 % THD).
Output Level:
Pre-AMP output 1.5V
Max Output:
(0.1% THD)
Pre-AMP output 15V.
AC 30V x 2 400mA
Input Power Vol:
Power
Consumption:
12W
Recommended
30+30V/15VA (T0231)
Transformer:
Frequency
Response:
T.H .D.:
I.M. Distortion:
Input Sensitivity:
Power
Requirement:
Recommended
Transformer:
300W RMS into
8OHMS
500W Music Power into
8OHMS
10Hz to 20KHz
Less than 0.05%
Less than 0.05%
1V RMS at 47K
+/- 60 to 75 VDC at
BA Mono
48-53x2/6-8AMP AC
>.
~
tfj
>.
~
tfj
>.
~
~
50+50V/500VA.
(T0225) MONO
--------A-ONE
NF-CR BI-FET PREAMP/3-WAY
TONE CONTROL
S0307 $72.00
Frequency
Response:
T.H.D.:
1.M. Distortion:
Power
Requirements:
Input Sensitivity:
-DC to 100KHz +- 0.5d8
0.005% at/below rated
0/P
0.005% at/below rated
O/P
+-15 VDC, 0.2A MAX
Phono-2.5mV. Tuner,
AUX and Tape-100mV
Input Impedance:
Phono-47 K. Tuner,
AUX and Tape-100K
Output Voltage:
1V
Tone Control Range: BASS,+-10 db at 50Hz
MID, +-5db at 1Hz
TREBLE, +-10db at 15KHz
RIAA Equalization: +-0.2db from
20J:::!z to 20KHz
Phono,75db. Tuner, AUX
SIN Ratio:
and Tape, 90db.
ELECTRONICS PTY LTD
432-434 Kent Street,
Sydney NSW 2000.
Phone: (02) 267 4819.
Fax: (02) 267 4821.
A.C .N. 003 88 2 S13.
MAIL ORDERS WELCOME:
CHEQUE, MONEY ORDER,
AMERICAN EXPRESS,
BANKCARD,MASTERCARD
AND VISA.
POSTAL CHARGE
$5-25 .......... $4.50
$26-$50 ...... $5.50
$51-$100 ........ $7.00
Over $100 ...... $10.00
Phone or write to us for a copy of your
price list. Shop hours Mon-Fri 9-6.
Sat 9-4. All prices include sales tax.
>.
~
tfj
3 O-V 3 NO-V 3NO-V 3NO-V 3NO-V
.
Sony's new VGP-G700
colour video printer
How would you like to print colour snapshots from your
favourite videotapes or from off-air signals. Now you can
you can do it and quite cheaply too, with this brilliant
new printer from Sony.
By LEO SIMPSON
M
ANY HOUSEHOLDS have camcorders and they are used a lot
for recording family events, holidays
and so on. But the trouble with video
tapes is that you have to turn on your
VCR and TV every tim~ you want to
look at them. This is why people still
need conventional cameras to take
family snaps. But what if you were
16
SILICON CHIP
able to easily produce colour prints
from any picture displayed on the
screen? Well, now you can.
The process for making colour
prints is simple. You need the Sony
CVP-G700 colour video printer hooked up to your VCR or camcorder. You
also need a video monitor which can
accept a video signal from the CVPG700 colour printer.
With the gear all set to go, you press
playback on the VCR and watch the
monitor until the image you want is
on the screen. You then push the CAPTURE button on the printer. Theimage will then freeze and a number of
menu options will be displayed on
the screen, superimposed over the
captured image. You can either respond to the menu options, or just
press the PRINT button. Less than 70
seconds later, the printer will feed out
a beautiful colour print. It's that simple.
Print quality
The colour prints are 140.5mm wide
and 101mm high and the picture area
is 101.5mm wide and 76mm high; ie,
the prints are a little smaller than the
colour prints you would normally
obtain from your local photo processing outlet. But provided the original
video images are good, the colour
prints are every bit as good if not
better than can be obtained from a
photo processor and their quality is
r.onsistently high.
As you might expect with today's
feature laden equipment, the CGPG700 has a lot of other options which
allow you to do more than just print
out simple colour pictures. For example, you can have the date printed out
on each picture and you can also have
a caption which you load in before
you press the PRINT button.
You can also store and print more
than one image on each colour print.
For example, you could have four
images on one print, 16 images on one
print or picture-in-picture. The last
option gives you the choice of having
a 1/4 or 1/16-size insert in the corner
of the main image.
To use the Sony CVP-G700, you
need a source of video images which
can be a VCR, camcorder or laserdisc
player. You will also need a video
monitor which can accept a composite video signal. That's the basic setup.
Sony's new colour video printer, the CVP-G700, allows the user to create a
photographic print from a video recording in just 67 seconds. The prints are of
surprisingly good quality & compare favourably with those from your local
rapid photo processing store.
For our evaluation of the CVP-G700,
we did not have a video monitor but
we did have a standard PAL TV set.
Hence, we used the Sony CCD-TR805E
video camcorder (reviewed last
month) together with a standard PAL
VCR. We coupled the video signal
from the camcorder direct into the ·
CVP-G700 and connected the colour
printer's video output to the VCR's
video input.
By using the VCR in the AUX mode
and connecting its modulated RF output to the TV set, we were able to
view the captured images. So if you
have a VCR, a TV set and a camcorder,
you already have all the gear needed
to work with the Sony colour printer.
Remote or not remote
As with most VCRs and other video
equipment, the Sony colour printer
comes with its own infrared remote
control which provides access to all
the menu functions. As a bonus, it
will also control most current Sony
VCRs and camcorders which means
that you don't have to shuffle between
printer and VCR remotes when going
through the process of selecting images to print.
The printer remote control, or Remote Commander, as Sony calls it,
also allows quicker selection of the
printer options than if you use the
front panel controls. For example,
when you capture an image for printing, there is a question asking you
how many prints you want (ie, "QTY")
and the answer can be anywhere from
1-30. If you are using the front panel
buttons, you must push the MENU
button and then select the quantity by
pressing the <> buttons. The same
menu screen lets you set the date and
select Title, Print mode (ie, normal, 4way split, 16-way split, etc) and Picture Adjust.
On the other hand, if you use· the
Remote Commander, you can select
the number of prints directly, without
having to go through the menu. Similarly, the Remote Commander lets you
go direct to the Picture Adjust menu.
The Remote Commander also lets
you turn the data screen on and off.
This allows a captured image to be
displayed without the various print
messages.
Massaging the picture
The Picture Adjust menu is a very
useful option. Say you have a picture
of yourself or a loved one (or both)
and it is too red. You can reduce the
red content and thus make the picture
more acceptable. Or perhaps your picture looks too pale in which case you
can increase the red. You also can
adjust the .green and blue levels, picture brightness and sharpness. And if
you've altered the image beyond recognition and wish to start again, you
can always use the STANDARD option to recall the original picture.
Selecting a title to go with your
prints is a matter of going to the TITLE
page and then picking one letter at a
time by moving the cursor around the
screen menu. The maximum number
MARCH
1993
17
Video Titler !XV- T33F. etc.!
I
Pr.oto
VCR
Video
1 - - - - - - - ; - Camera
TV Equipped with
· VCR/Monitor Outputs
Fig.1: Sony's video printer can be hooked up to a camcorder, a standard
VCR or a TV set with video outputs. You can even print pictures from
off-air signals. A monitor needs to be connected to the video printer in
order to select the image to be printed.
of characters is 40 and they can be
virtually any of the characters on a
typewriter, including upper and lower
case.
Print method
While Sony's new colour printer
looks no more imposing and only a
little larger than the average VCR, the
technology inside it is very impressive. Not only does it have all the
digital circuitry and processing to provide what is effectively a frame grabber, it also has the bells and whistles
to provide date, title and the other
menu functions. On top of that, the
CVP-G700 is a colour sublimation heat
transfer printer and until now, such
printers would set you back by tens of
thousands of dollars.
Interestingly, the CVP-G700 can be
regarded as a considerably refined
version of the old tried and faithful
thermal printer. The essential difference is that whereas in the old ther-
mal printers the image was burnt into
the paper by the thermal print head,
in the colour sublimation printer, the
heated print head causes the coloured
inks on the ribbon to be transferred to
the surface of the paper (hence the
term "colour sublimation").
By way of explanation, the term
"sublimation" refers to the process
which causes a solid to go directly to
the vapour phase and then back again.
Thus, the print head causes the solid
ink on the ribbon to sublimate whereupon it is deposited on the paper surface as a solid. The hotter the print
head, the darker becomes the image.
The ribbon cartridge is essentially
a 90mm wide plastic strip with four
colours, cyan (blue), yellow, magenta
(red) and black running across it in
strips (ie, it is a conventional CYMK
printing process). The print head must
print each of these colours separately
to build up the complete image and
this explains the fairly long print time
The CVP-G700 lets you store & print more than one image
on each colour print, or you can print a 1/4 or 1/16-size
insert with the selected image. In this case, there are four
pictures on the print (eg, for family photos or insurance).
18
SILICON CHIP
of 67 seconds for each print. The ribbon cartridge lasts for just 30 prints
and then must be replaced.
The special paper for the printer is
loaded into a small cassette, just as in
a photocopier or laser printer, and
this is pushed into a compartment
behind a door in the centre of the
front panel. The paper compartment
door also carries pushbuttons for selecting the print options.
During printing, an array of LEDs
shows the progress so that even though
nothing appears to be happening apart
from various clicks and the sound of
paper moving through the unit, you
are reassured that it is doing the job.
The dot structure of the prints is
only barely discernible, even under a
magnifying glass. The number of picture elements is 700 (horizontal) by
540 (vertical) which is equivalent to
about 175 dots per inch. Total gradation is 256 levels (8 bits) each for
yellow, magenta and cyan. For comparison, the colour printing in this
magazine is 120 dots per inch.
Conclusions
Our overall impressions of the Sony
CVP-G700 colour video printer were
very favourable. The unit is simple to
use and gives excellent results. And
considering the advanced technology
it uses , its price is very reasonable.
Recommended retail price for the
CVP-G700 is $2699.00.
For further information, contact
Sony Australia Pty Ltd, 33-39 Talavera
Rd, North Ryde, 2113. Phone (02) 878
9712.
SC
A 16-image print is convenient for portraits of team
members or for 16-image strobe shots. An image can be
used more than once or you can have 16 copies of the
same image.
DAVID REID ELECTRONICS
127 York Street, Sydney 2000
Ph: (02) 267 1385 Fax: (02) 261 8905
Mailorders to: P.O. Box Q103, Sydney N.S.W. 2000
Cheque, Moneyorder, Bankcard, Visa, Mastercard, Amex, Diners accepted
Postal Charges: $5 - $25 .. $4; $26 - $50 .. $6; $51 - $100 .. $7; $101 - $499 .. $9; $500+ .. FREE;
[F□ ~[E~LJ
DIGITAL MULTIMETRS
FINEST 185
* Auto Power Off.
* Splash/Dust Proof Case.
* Max/Min/ Av. Recording.
* Freq., Cap., Temp.
* Relative & % Modes.
* 3.75 Digit Display.
* 4000 count.
* Bargraph Display.
* Plus more !
* 12 months warranty
$195.00
FINEST 187
* Auto Power Off.
* Max/Min/ Av. Rec ording.
* Freq., Temp.
* Relative & % Modes.
* 3.75 Digit Display.
* 4000 count.
* Splash/Dust Proof Case.
* Bargraph Display.
* Auto Ranging .
* 12 months warranty
$238.00
FINEST 285
* True RMS .
* Auto Power Off.
* Splash/Dust Proof Case.
* Max/Min/ Av. ~ecording.
* Freq., Cap., Temp.
* Relative & % Modes.
* 4.25 Digit Display.
* 4000 count.
* Bargraph Display.
* Plus more!
* 12 months warranty
$298.00
Dial Cord Com1n1tor Hack-u1>
10 meter reel
only$1.00
Record
Cleaning Brush
only$1.00
Hattorios
Batteries dead? Yes ? We have
a good selection to choose from.
3/v 60R 3.6V NiCad
3.6v Lithium TL-5242/w
$13.95
$37.95
Courier Sydney Metro .. $8
Wolfenstein 3 - I>
Multifunction Tester
Two weeks ago, you were flying for the allied
air force. Now, you 're a prisoner held by enemy
intelligence in a castle from which nobody's
es caped - ever!
In a break that only comes once in a lifetime,
you've overpowered the guard and taken his
gun!
Now, can you make ii out alive!
$9.95
Suitable for -testing continuity, detecting
the presence of 240V AC, or even low
voltage DC. This tool can virtually
replace a multimeter in many instances.
Built-in Audible & Visual Indication !
$17.95
3.5· or 5_25• format (IBM)
Protection ! for your P.C., Office Equipment, etc.
Protect your expensive equipment against voltage spike's, surges, RF noise,
etc. Many unexplained errors, program corruption and general inconvenience
are eliminated by a Squeeky Clean Mains Filter. All Squeeky Clean filters
are approved by the Energy Authori ty and are guaranteed for 12 months.
We have four models available, to suit your requirements. All filters are
rated at ten (10) amps.
LF-1
LF-2
LF-4
LF-8
Single filter, Single outlet.
Single filter, Dual outlet.
Four outlets, each individually
filtered.
Eight outlets, Dual filter in two
banks. Filter A (four outlets),
Filter B (four outlets).
$99.00
$119.00
$269.00
1 game/9 levels
SPIRAL
WRAP
Ideal for keeping
wiring looms neat.
Available in two
siz:es.
6mm min. I.D.
13mm min. I.D.
Colour: Black
$1.95/ mtr.
$239.00
AC/DC Cooling Fans PLCC Extrac~tor
25 x 25 x 10mm
12V DC
40 x 40 x 10mm
12V DC
40 x 40 x 20mm
12V DC
60 x 60 x 25mm
12V DC
80 x 80 x 25mm
12V DC
120 x 120 x 38mm
12V DC
120 x 120 x 25mm
24V DC
80 x 80 x 38mm
115V AC
80 x 80 x 38mm
240V AC
92 x 92 x 25mm
240V AC
120 x 120 x 38mm
115V AC
120 x 120 x 38mm
240V AC
80mm Metal Fan Grill
120mm Metal Fan Grill
1.3CFM
5.3CFM
6.9CFM
21.5CFM
35CFM
109CFM
80CFM
30CFM
30CFM
36CFM
115CFM
115CFM
$19.95
$14.95
$14.95
$14.95
$14.95
$22.95
$23.90
$23.95
$22.95
$28.50
$24.95
$24.95
$2.4 5
$2.45
only
$14.95
~psaksr Cabls
12•• Woofsr fGWF/2)
MESSAGE STOPPER
100 W4ffG RHG
This inexpensive device, w hich connects
direct to your answeri ng machine will
automatically disconnect your answering
machine whenever ANY PHONE is
answered. If your answering machine
answers your call before you do, simply
pick up any phone; your answering
machine will immediately disconnect and
you can speak without interference.
* 93 dB
* 100W RMS
* 23 Hz - 4.2kHz * 30 oz Mag.
* 8 ohms
Build this
SOLAR CHARGER
FOR 12V BATTERIES
Keep that 12V battery topped up with this
solar cell charger & matching voltage
regulator. It's ideal for use on camping trips &
in boats, tractors & electric fence installations.
By BRANCO JUSTIC
Do you have a 12V battery that's
seldom used and often goes flat due
to self-discharge? Or how about a battery that's used continuously but
which should be trickle charged to
keep it operating correctly (eg, in an
electric fence or on camping trips)?
If you answered "yes" to either of
these questions, this project will solve
20
SILICON CHIP
your problems. It uses a low-cost amorphous solar-cell array to provide a
charging current for the battery, plus
a simple voltage regulator to ensure
that the battery cannot be overcharged.
The solar cells specified in the parts
list are 150 x 150mm units rated at 6V
1W. Depending on the application,
they can be made up into either 2-cell
or 4-cell panels. The 2-cell version
has an open circuit output voltage
(Voc) of about 20V and a short circuit
current (Isc) of about 160mA in bright
sunlight.
By contrast, the larger 4-cell panel
has an Isc of about 32DmA (Voc =
Z0V). Note, however, that the actual
power. that a panel can deliver to a
load is just under 2/3(Voc x Isc) (not
simply Voc x Isc). In practice, this
means that a 2-cell panel can deliver
just over 120mA of load current at
15V in bright sunlight, while a 4-cell
panel can deliver around 240mA.
The voltage regulator contains all
the circuitry necessary to interface
the solar panel to the battery. Its main
features include an indicator LED to
indicate that the solar panel is working, a shunt regulator circuit to prevent the battery from overcharging, a
Z-LED charging current indicator, and
an isolating diode to ensure that the
battery cannot discharge back into the
panel when there is no sunlight.
The regulator circuit is suitable for
use with solar panels rated from 0.5W
to 10W. However, if a solar panel with
an output above about 3W is used, a
bigger heatsink than the one originally specified should be fitted to the
shunt regulator transistor (Ql).
D1
1N4004
D2
1N4004
VR1
1000
02
BC558
C
FROM
SOLAR
PANEL
TO
BATTERY
K
LED2
R8
4-?k
LED3
R7
1k
How it works
Fig.1 shows the circuit details. LED
1 functions as a voltage indicator and
is connected in series with its current
limiting resistor directly across the
output of the solar panel. When LED
1 lights, the solar panel is delivering
at least ZV.
Darlington power transistor Ql
serves as the shunt regulator. This
transistor remains off when .the output from the solar panel is less than
about 15.3Vand so the battery charges
via diodes Dl & DZ (provided the
battery voltage is 1.ZV less than the
panel voltage).
However, if the output from the
solar panel exceeds the voltage across
ZDl, ZDZ and Ql's base-emitter junction (about 15.3V), Ql begins to turn
on. Ql thus loads the solar panel by
shunting part of the charging current
to ground and this prevents the panel's output from rising above 15.3V.
Because Ql 's collector is isolated from
the battery by diodes Dl & DZ, this
corresponds to a battery charging voltage of about 13.8V.
Essentially, the shunt regulator stage
prevents the battery from being overcharged by high output voltages from
the solar panel during bright sunlight
conditions.
Current indicator
QZ, LED Z and LED 3 serve as a
charging current indicator. LED Z
comes on when the charging current
reaches about Z0% of maximum,
while LED 3 comes on when it reaches
80%.
Essentially, the charging current
indicator monitors the voltage across
Dl. This voltage varies from approximately 0.5V at a few milliamperes to
about 1V at 1A (ie, the greater the
current, the greater the voltage across
Dl). A voltage proportional to this
PLASTIC
SIDE
A
ITT
B
EQc
VIEWED
FROM BELOW
ECB
SOLAR PANEL VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Fig.1: the circuit uses shunt regulator transistor Ql to limit the voltage from the
solar panel to about 15.3V. It does this by shunting part of the charging current
to ground when the voltage rises above this level so that the battery is not
overcharged. Q2, LED 2 & LED 3 provide charge current indication.
,
<
:'
•
'' -.. ' I;
•
•
:·
·-· -~ -t ~ f > (:~ { %.
:
(.. /
i'"·~ ·
'""~';-:µ
:'.;;
)
/ ~
. 0 0 . 0 .~ \~010 $1
~ - - SOLAR
PANEL
LED1
voui-"
teDr
tED~
Fig.2: install the parts on the PC board
exactly as shown in this diagram.
Note that Ql is installed with its
metal face towards ZD1 & ZD2.
current appears at the wiper of VR1
and is applied via a 22Q resistor to
the base of QZ.
QZ serves as a current amplifier.
When its collector current reaches
0.5mA, LED Z begins to light. If the
charging current now increases, QZ's
collector current also increases and
the brightness of the LED increases
accordingly. This continues until QZ's
collector current reaches about ZmA,
at which point LED 3 also begins to
light.
Both LEDs then further increase
their brightness as the collector current increases beyond ZmA.
When VR1 is properly adjusted, the
maximum current through QZ is about
5mA. Although this is negligible for
the solar panels specified, it may be a
problem if very small panels are substituted. This "waste" current can be
eliminated by connecting a normally
closed switch across Dl to hold QZ
off. The charging current could then
be checked by pressing the switch.
Alternatively, a link could be substituted for D1 and QZ and its associated parts left off the board.
Construction
Fig.Z shows the parts layout on the
PC board (code OESOLARSC). Install
the parts as shown, taking care to
ensure that all polarised parts are correctly oriented. These include the diodes, zener diodes, transistors and
LEDs. It's easy to identify the LED
terminals, as the anode lead is always
the longer of the two.
Transistor Ql is installed with its
metal face towards the two adjacent
zener diodes. A small finned heatsink
is then bolted to the transistor to provide cooling.
The regulator board can now be
placed to one side while the solar
panel is constructed. Warning: do not
try to test the regulator by connecting
it directly to a variable power supply.
The current output capability of the
MARCH
1993
21
SOLAR
CELL
+
SOLAR
CELL
+-----~- +
SOLAR
CELL
+
SOLAR
CELL
+
Fig.3: this diagram
shows the wiring
details for a 4-cell
solar panel. If you
only want a 2-cell
panel, just leave
off the bottom two
cells.
supply will be sufficient to blow the
shunt transistor (Ql) if you do.
The way around this is to connect a
22Q 5W resistor is series with one of
the supply leads. This will limit the
output current and protect the regulator transistor and the supply as well.
To test the regulator, wind the supply
up to about 20V and check the voltage
output from the regulator atDZ 's cathode. You should get a reading of about
13.8V.
350 x 350 x 3mm ALUMINIUM PANEL
MOUNT SOLAR CELLS ON MATCHSTICKS AND SEAL
EDGES WITH NEUTRAL CURE SILICONE SEALANT
This 4-cell array was made by mounting the cells on a 3mm-thick aluminium
panel. The cells are mounted on matchsticks so that they don't short on the
panel & the edges sealed using neutral-cure silicon sealant.
Building the solar panel
If you are buying the bare solar cells,
they will have to be wired together,
attached to a panel and waterproofed
at the rear (note: the panels specified
in the parts list come with a glass
cover at the front).
Fig.3 shows the wiring details for a
for a 4-way panel. If you only want a
2-cell panel, just leave off the bottom
two cells. Note that the cells in a 2way panel are simply wired in series,
whereas those in a 4-way panel are
wired in series-parallel combination.
Before wiring the cells, you first
have to identify their positive and
negative terminals using a multimeter
(this is best done in bright light). Mark
the cell terminals with a felt pen as
they are identified, then fit the spring
clips supplied to the terminals. A
small strip of copper foil goes under
each clip on the back of the cell. The
cells can then be interconnected by
soldering leads to the copper strips.
Don't try to solder the leads directly to the solar panels, as the solder won't "take" to the aluminium
backing.
The best way to mount the cells is
to attach them to a sheet of 3mm-thick
aluminium. A 4-cell panel will require a sheet of aluminium measuring 350 x 350mm. Eight matchsticks
can be used under each cell (two at
each corner) to space it off the aluminium sheet to prevent shorts.
The procedure is to first mark out
RESISTOR COLOUR CODE
0
0
0
0
0
0
22
No.
Value
4-Band Code (1%)
5-Band Code (1%)
2
1
2
4.7kQ
1.5kQ
1kQ
100Q
22Q
yellow violet red brown
brown green red brown
brown black red brown
brown black brown brown
red red black brown
yellow violet black brown brown
brown green black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
brown black black black brown
red red black gold brown
2
SILICON CHIP
A small finned heatsink is fitted to the BD679 shunt regulator transistor (Qt) to
provide cooling. Trimpot VR1 , to the right of Qt, is adjusted so that both LEDs
shine brightly when the solar panel is in full sunlight & the battery is connected.
the positions of the solar cells on the
panel - they can be carefull y aligned
on the pan el using several 20mm
spacers between them to achieve even
spacings . This done, the panels can
PARTS LIST
1 PC board, code OESOLARSC,
70 x 35mm
1 small heatsink
2 2-way PC-mount screw
terminal blocks
. 1 1oon horizontal trimpot
Semiconductors
1 B0679 NPN transistor (01)
1 BC558 PNP transistor (02)
1 6.8V 400mW zener diode (ZD1)
1 7.5V 400mW zener diode (ZD2)
2 1N4001 silicon diodes (01 ,02)
3 red LEDs (LED1 -LED3)
be lifted up and the matchsticks attached to the panel at the cell corner
positions using neutral-cure silicone
sealant. The cells can then be dropped
into position and secured by running
a fillet of n eutral-cure silicon e sealant
right around their outside edges.
Make sure that th e edges of the
cells are all properly sealed. The edges
of the terminating clips sh ould also
be sealed but try not to get too much
sealant on the front surface of the
cells. Any excess sealant that you do
get around the edges can later be
rubbed off when the sealant dries.
Alternatively, the cells can be held
together by fitting them into plastic
edging strips an d then edge-sealing
them front an d back with silicone sealant as before. The aluminium backing
of each cell must then be waterproofed
by spraying it will a clear hard-setting
lacquer.
This technique was used for the 2cell array pictured with this article,
although mounting the cells on an
alu min ium panel is the method we
recommend.
Once the panel has been completed,
place it in direct sunlight and check
th at its open-circuit output voltage is
about Z0V. After that, it's simply a
matter of installing the panel in a
convenient location and connecting
it to the battery via the shunt regulator circuit. Adjust VRl so that LEDs 2
& 3 shin e brightly when the solar panel
is in full sunlight & the battery is
connected.
Performance
The full voltage and current capabilities of a solar panel can only be
checked in direct sunlight in the middle of the day, during the summer
months. The output from the panel
will be reduced under any other conditions.
Obviously, weather factors play an
important role in determining the output from any solar panel installation.
If we assume that the amount of full
sunlight averages about five hours per
day, it follows that the 2-cell panel
can provide about 0.6Ah/day while
the 4-cell panel can provide about
l .2Ah/day.
In practical terms, this means that
the battery can be continuously discharged at 24mA if a 2-cell panel is
used, or at 48mA if a 4-cell panel is
used.
SC
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
2 4.7kn
1 1oon
11.5kQ
2 22Q
21 kQ
Where to buy the parts
A kit of parts for this project is
available from Oatley Electronics,
PO Box 89, Oatley, NSW 2223,
Australia. Phone (02) 579 4985.
This kit includes four solar cells
plus all the parts for the regulator
& is priced at ·$42 plus $4 for
packing & postage (aluminium
sheet metal, silicone sealant &
hookup wire not included). Note:
copyright © of the PC board is
retained by Oatley Electronics.
The solar cells are wired by soldering connecting leads to small pieces of
copper foil which are held in place by spring clips. Use your multimeter to
identify the positive & negative terminals before installing the wiring. Note that
the 2-cell array is shown here; the 4-cell array is wired as shown in Fig.3.
MARCH
1993
23
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
10011
ANTENNA
+5V
+
.0047+
+
.001
+
+
220i
100+
1+
7
RF
GAIN
II VC1
II
10.60pF
II
L1
VR1
5k
7
220k
7
+
+9V
IC1
NE602
T
81 I
9V I
...I..
7
+ft7
"I "~
.001
+9V
-- 33011
T~~l,~G
VR2
5-150pF
r::~FII
p
-
-
-
-
--- --
I
1
~~:
10-S0pF
-
L -
SHIELD
A 20-metre direct
conversion receiver
The circuit of this direct conversion receiver can be broken into five
blocks: an RF filter, mixer, VFO , AF
filter and audio amplifier.
The RF input filter is designed to
resonate at 14.05MHz and uses a tapped capacitor network to match · the
50Q antenna impedance to the 1.5kQ
input impedance of ICl, an NE602
double balanced mixer. ICl mixes the
incoming RF signal with a signal from
the VFO (Ql, etc). The difference in
these two signals is then fed to the
audio filter and then to the amplifier.
A Hartley oscillator based on FET
Ql is used for the VFO (variable
frequency oscillator), tuning from
14.000MHz to 14.117MHz. Inductor
L2 consists of 15 turns of 0. 5mm wire
SILICO N CHIP
_J
-:
10k
24
7
-:
-
I 3311
I
- - - - -1----- --- -- --- ~J
on a 7mm outside diameter Bakelite
former, tapped four turns from the
end. The former was glued to the PC
board and the whole inductor coated
in Q-Dope to prevent changes in frequency due to knocks or vibrations.
A 2-transistor buffer follows the
oscillator to prevent loading effects
altering the frequency. The buffer provides approximately 2.5V peak-peak
but this is too much for the NE602, so
a voltage divider couples the oscillator signal to pin 6.
The entire VFO sub-assembly was
built into a box made from doublesided PC board material to provide
good shielding.
The output of the NE602 is fed to a
741 op amp connected as a differential amplifier/bandpass filter. The
0. lµF capacitors control the lower
cutoffpoint, while the .00lµF capaci-
-:
tars limit the high frequency response.
The measured gain at 800Hz was
+33dB , with the -3dB points at 420Hz
and 1.8kHz.
IC3 functions as the audio amplifier and drives an 8Q loudspeaker.
Inductor L1 was wound using 20 turns
of 0.8mm enamelled wire on a T-50-2
powdered iron core. The trimmer capacitor is used to adjust the midband
gain to a maximum.
S. Merrifield,
Heidelberg, Vic. ($40)
Blown fuse
indicator
This circuit is a worthwhile addition to any equipment which blows a
fuse or trips a circuit breaker as a
normal part of its operation; eg, mains
transient protectors, motor overload
+5V _ _ _ _ _....,__....,__ _ _ _ _ __,.._ _....,__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __,.._ ____,
0.1!
10k
33011
16
14
LE~1 -6 EXOR
27k
IC1
555
QO 13
~
1
t , a - - - - ~ ~ CLK1
3 C
QO .,::8;...._--r::~
ir:3 °
1
---
A IC4
10
74LS138Y41-11---sf-Nt-+---◄
0.1!
Simple 2-input logic
gate identifier
This circuit can be used to identify TTL and CMOS 2-input gates. It
uses LEDs to indicate the type of
gate under test; ie, AND, NAND,
OR, NOR, XOR and XNOR.
The circuit works as follows: the
555 timer (ICl) is used in an astable mode to produce the required
clock signals for the circuit. These
signals clock a 74LS93 counter (IC2)
which counts through the binary
cut-outs, etc. It is a little more complicated than the usual neon and 220kQ
resistor across the fuse but it has some
unique advantages.
Firstly, it offers three-state indication, as follows: (1). Steady glow power available; (2). Off - power off;
(3). Flashing - fuse blown. Secondly,
no load is required for correct indication. In fact, no power is fed through
to the load side of the circuit when
the fuse is blown or removed.
When the fuse is open, Cl is charged
via a 4. 7MQ resistor and Dl. . When
the voltage across Cl reaches about
80V, the neon ionises and the capacitor discharges through the neon via
DZ and the lkQ resistor, giving a brief
flash of light. Towards the end of the
flash, the voltage and current become
too low to sustain the ionisation and
the neon turns off. Cl then charges
again and so the cycle repeats, with
the flash rate largely determined by
Cl and the 4. 7MQ resistor.
The lkQ resistor is necessary if Cl
5
6
8
sequence 00,01 ,10,11; ie, through
all the possible input combinations
for the 2-input gate. The output of
the device under test (DUT) is then
fed to shift register IC3 (74LS95).
When the entire input sequence
has been applied to the device under test, the shift register will contain the signature for that particular gate. This signature is then decoded by IC4 (74LS138) to identify
the unknown device.
The 74LS138 decoder must only
be enabled when the whole truth
01
1N4007
03
1N4007
02
1N4007
TO
240VAC
LOAD
1M
C1
0.22
N
is greater than 0. lµF, to protect the
neon against excessive discharge currents. You can tell if you are pushing
the neon too hard, as the orange colour of a "glow" discharge changes to
the blue-white of an "arc" discharge.
When the fuse is intact, the 470kQ
resistor and D3 feed regular 50Hz voltage pulses through to the neon, causing it to appear continuously lit. In
table has been entered into the shift
register, hence the need for NAND
gates IC5a and IC5b. Proper operation of the shift register is assured
by inverting the clock signal using
IC5c.
To use the identifier, simply connect the inputs of the unknown
gate to pins 8 & 9 of IC2 and its
output to pin 1 of IC3 . The appropriate LED will then light to show
the type of the gate.
D. Klimovski & A. Cricenti,
East Coburg, Vic. ($35)
this case, Cl doesn't get time to charge
fully and the flashing is effectively
inhibited. The 1MQ resistor across
DZ prevents any stray capacitively
coupled voltages from prematurely
triggering the neon in the same way.
The voltage across Cl will never
exceed lO0V in normal operation, so
you could make do with an ordinary
"greencap" here. However, be careful
if you are breadboarding this circuit
and the neon bulb becomes disconnected, as the capacitor may charge to
400V. You have been warned!
Finally, a word about safety. If you
must breadboard circuits like this, use
a pair of small step-down transformers back-to-back to obtain a doubly
isolated, current-limited 240V AC supply. The common 2155 type transformers work well. The output voltage is still potentially lethal, however, so never attempt to alter the
circuit with the power on.
Steve Payor,
Kogarah Bay, NSW. ($30)
MARCH
1993
25
UL'.'
r , rcroo, 11c c DOD IP\IJ!,10 Cl CC TQOh,JJCS AOD IAYIN<1 !=J EC TRONIC S RO.l1!RVING ELECTRONICS
An alarm-triggered
security c3lllera
Have you been through the trauma of
having your house burgled? This device
will capture the thief's action on film
using a low-cost motor-drive camera.
By TONY NIXON
There have been numerous designs
for burglar alarms presented over the
years but never one to record a thief
in action. It's a simple security camera system that's designed to photograph a thief in action. It's similar in
concept to the security cameras used
in many banks and building societies,
32
SILICON CHIP
except that this unit takes photographic stills.
Imagine a family that has just returned home from an outing only to
find that someone had robbed them of
their valuables. After the initial shock
they check the alarm and, yes, it had
gone off only to be ignored by neigh-
hours as a false alarm. Obviously, the
burglar had quickly taken all he could
and fled the scene with no-one the
wiser.
A subsequent call to the local police station reveals that they know of
a burglar operating in the vicinity but
they don't know who the person is.
"We'll get the offender sooner or later
but we don't have any clues at the
moment", is the reply. So the family
sits down, feeling somewhat helpless
by it all.
Hang on a minute - the camera!
A quick scurry to its hiding place
reveals that , yes, it has taken a few
shots . Within a few hours, the film
has been processed and there 's the
◄
Left: the author, caught in the act of
"nicking" his own VCR. Provided it's
properly set up, the hidden security
camera should be able to provide
positive identification of a thief
should the need ever arise.
burglar in all his glory, lifting up the
video player. From that point on, it
should be relatively easy for the police to identify the burglar and put an
end to his activities.
The point is that if it can work for
the banks, it can also work at home.
The project described here can accomplish this at a fraction of the cost
of commercial units. It uses a passive
infrared (PIR) sensor, a low-cost motor-drive camera, and a small electric
motor and gearbox. It's easy to build
·using "off-the-shelf" components and
the mechanical work is quite straightforward.
The installation is also straightforward and the unit can be used on its
own or integrated with an existing
burglar alarm system. In the latter case,
the unit is armed only when the main
burglar alarm has been triggered and
ceases to- operate when the alarm has
timed out.
In addition, you can either switch
the unit to take a single photograph
each time it senses movement or to
take a complete sequence of photographs at preset intervals (AUTO
mode).
How it works
The circuit may appear complicated
at first glance but can be broken down
into .sections. Fig.1 shows the circuit
details.
When power is first applied to the
circuit, presettable up/down counter
ICl (4029) is reset by a high pulse
from Cl. This high is inverted by IC3f,
the output of which then resets the
latch formed by IC2a & IC2b. It also
resets 556 timer circuits IC4a & IC4b.
At the same time, pin 13 of IC2d is
pulled low via D11, which means that
pin 11 of IC2d is high.
When ICl resets, its internal counter is preloaded with a value that corresponds to the logic states on its
J1-J4 JAM inputs, as set by switches
SW1-SW4. This sets the number of
"shots" that can be taken by the cir-
The Alarm Security Camera is connected to the main alarm system & is armed
only when the alarm is triggered. The camera is then activated when a passive
infrared sensor detects movement. Alternatively, the unit can be used by itself
& armed using a hidden switch near the front door.
cuit. Since the maximum possible ·
count is 15, a 12-shot film should be
used and the film counter set to 12.
This film count can be changed at
any time by altering the switches and
then momentarily operating reset
switch SW5. If switches SW1-SW4
are all left open, then the maximum
film count will be set. SWl sets the
most significant bit (MSB). As long as
this count is not zero, the circuit is
enabled.
Arming options
The circuit is armed when pin 9 of
IC3d is pulled low via optocoupler
IC5. This optocoupler is in turn controlled by a relay in the central alarm
system.
Normally, the "Y" terminal is connected to ground in the central alarm
system and the "X" terminal switched
to +12V by the external relay when
the alarm triggers. This then turns on
the transistor inside the optocoupler
to arm the camera circuit. In this way,
no photos can be taken during exit
and or entry periods, or if the alarm
times out.
Alternatively, if the alarm relay
switches to ground, the "X" terminal
should be connected to the +12V supply rail in the alarm and the "Y" terminal connected to the relay contacts.
When movement is detected, the
PIR sensor's normally open (SNO) contacts close and IC3e's pin 10 output
switches high. R14 and C4 prevent
any glitches from false triggering the
circuit. The resulting low from IC3a is
then inverted by IC3b and turns on
Ql and relay RL1 for the same duration as the relay in the PIR sensor.
RLl thus operates as a slave relay
for the sensor and its contacts can be
used to trigger the main alarm panel.
This means that the P IR sensor can
function as an alarm sensor in addition to its role as a trigger for the
security camera.
When the alarm triggers, pin 9 of
IC3d is pulled low and R7 pulls pin
13 of IC2d high. If SW7 is open, no
further action takes place. If, on the
other hand, SW7 (ACTIVATE) is
closed, the high from IC3b pulls pin
12 of IC2d high via D3. IC2d's output
thus switches low and the resulting
MARCH
1993
33
;:;
;
~
+
;;
r ~..
"'
I•
,.
>
!;
;
.
1;-1•·
+
~
.
.,-
<0-
c~
c(
a:
w
c~
~;
0~
...
m
a~~
~g
~.,
WW
;
w !!!
>
:E
<
(.)
>r-
cc
~
:::>
(.)
w
w
en
< ....
==~
:E
...
,-.u,
a:
0
<
c(
...J
c(
I•
I•
~
g;g
a.;
+
I•
:I
0
0
<O~
-o
a::;!
... <O
~~
_o
a::,!
...
0---,•·
::,
0
"'~
~"'
I·
+
~
tjt,-1•·
.,->.,
0~
"'.,
a:..;
I•
><
►
~
~
.,
!a?
I•
-"'
o
.,;
<O~
cc:;!
...w"'
"'
"'~
a:
Wu,
~ I&~ !!
., ., "'
o"!
......
0
~
-·. t
~
~-H•·
I•
....
!a?
C
.;i
--~
I·
...
~
~
:;
+
"'~
>:;!
...._o
~
~ •-
I-;--!•·
I
"""
0"'
a:O
\!!
I-;--!•·
I
::;-
+
a::;!
~
"'
~ •·
;
~
"'
~
"'o
~•-
"':;!
- o
~
"'
~•·
"':;!
~
"'
34
SILICON CHIP
;!:
H •·
oo
.......,
I·
!,?V>
<O
o-
ii:,.
>-
I-;--!•·
+..,,._
I
0 ..
Fig.1 (left): the circuit is armed when
pin 9 of IC3d is pulled low via
optocoupler IC5. When the IR sensor
detects movement, pin 11 of IC2d
switches low & resets monostables
IC4a & IC4b via C2 & D2. IC4a sets the
delay between consecutive photos,
while IC4b generates the starting
pulse for the motor.
negative-going pulse from C2 sets the
latch formed by ICZa & ICZb. This
switches pin 3 of IC2a high and lights
LED 2 to indicate that the unit has
triggered.
In addition, the negative-going
pulse from CZ triggers monostables
IC4a & IC4b. These two monostables
are part of a 556 dual timer IC and
work in the same way as the morefamiliar 555 timer IC. When triggered,
their outputs at pins 5 and 9 switch
high.
IC4a sets the delay between con secutive photographs. When its output switches high, C7 charges via Rl 7
and, after a short delay, pulls IC3c's
input (pin 5) high also. The resulting
low output from IC3c then pulls pin
13 ofIC2d low, thus forcing its output
high for the duration of IC4a's delay.
Any further sensor pulses are now
ignored until this delay is over.
The high from IC4a also clocks !Cl
to reduce the film count by one. When
this count reaches zero, pin 7 (carry
out) of !Cl goes low and pulls pin 13
of IC2d low via Dl to disable the
circuit. This also extinguishes LED 1
to indicate that the film has run out
and to indicate that no further photos
can be taken until the circuit is reset.
IC4b is also wired as a monostable
but has a much shorter delay than
IC4a. Its function is to start the motor
via D9, R18 and Q2 . Once the motor is
running, it closes microswitch S9 via
a motor-driven cam. This ensures that
the motor completes one full revolution only, so that only one photograph
is take!]. each time the system is triggered. When the motor has completed
one revelution, the microswitch opens
again and the motor stops.
IC4a now times out and its output
at pin 5 switches low again and reenables IC2d via IC3c and D7. Any
further input pulses from the sensor
will now retrigger the circuit, provided ICl 's counter is not at zero.
Thus, each time the IR sensor detects
+12V 0 - - - 1 - - . . - - - 1
+
01
ov~ ·
100 +
25VW+
GND
t------•8V
10 +
.,. 16VW+
Fig.2(a}: this circuit can be used to generate
an +8V supply rail for the camera circuit if
this rail is not already present in your central
alarm system.
r----------------•12V
t12V FROM
PLUG-PACK
~
+
BATTERY T
BACK-UP I
12V 1.2AH
.l_
l
IGO
Fig.2(b): use this circuit to generate the required
+12V & +8V supply rails if the security camera is to
be used independently of an alarm system.
movement, the camera takes another
photo.
VRl sets the delay for IC4a and
thus sets the delay between photographs. The maxi_m um setting is about
60 seconds. VRZ controls the length
of the motor start pulse from IC4b.
Auto function
Switch SW8 controls the AUTO
function. If SW8 is closed, a high logic
level will remain on pin 12 of IC2d
after the first photograph has been
taken. Thus, as soon as IC4a times
out, pin 13 of ICZd will go high again
and retrigger IC4a & IC4b to take a
second photograph. This sequence
will continue until the counter reaches
zero.
As a result, the camera will take a
complete sequence of photos, the interval between each photo depending
on the setting of VRl.
Cut wire sensor
Pin 9 of IC2c is normally held low
by a link which connects the CUT
terminal to ground at the sensor. If the
sensor wires are cut to try to defeat
the system, pin 9 of IC2c is pulled
high by R16 and its pin 10 output
switches low. This in turn pulls pin
11 ofIC3e low via DlO and thus turns
Ql on to trigger the alarm. The camera circuit now goes into AUTO mode
and takes a sequence of photos until
the film counter (ICl) reaches zero.
SW6 functions as the TEST switch.
When this switch is closed, it pulls
pin 9 of IC3d low and this enables the
camera circuit so that its various functions can be tested independently of
the central alarm system. If, at any
time, the photographic option is not
required, it can be disabled by opening SW7. The alarm system will still
trigger via the slave relay (RL1) however, either due to the sensor detecting movement or the wires being cut.
Note that if the alarm times out,
then the camera circuit will be disabled even if there is still film available.
Power supply
Power for the circuit is derived from
+12V and +8V rails in the main alarm
system. Fig.Z(a) shows how a suit.able
+8V rail may be derived using a 3terminal regulator if this rail is not
already present. Fig.Z(b) shows a suitable power supply for the circuit if it
is to be used without an alarm system.
The motor is operated by a separate
3V battery which connects via switching transistor QZ. This method was
used because the start-up current of
the motor is quite high and this may
cause difficulties with some alarm
PARTS LIST
1 PC board, code 03103931,
140 X 85
1 PC board, code 03103932,
105 X 57
1 motor drive camera (eg,
Hanimex 35HL)
1 plastic jiffy box, 196 x 113 x
60mm
1 self-adhesive front-panel label,
186 X 100
1 motor-gearbox kit (Jaycar· Cat.
YG-2712)
1 8-way SPST OIL switch (SW1SW8)
1 microswitch (S9) ·
1 12V SPOT relay
8 2-way PC-mount screw
terminal blocks
1 2 x AA square battery holder
1 1MQ trimpot (VR1)
1 100kQ trim pot (VR2)
1 75mm length of aluminium
angle (25 x 25 x 3mm)
1 piece of aluminium sheet, 30 x
87 x 1mm
6 plastic cable ties
1 passive infrared sensor
Semiconductors
1 4029 presettable up/down
counter (IC1)
1 4011 quad NANO gate (IC2)
1 74C14 hex Schmitt trigger
(IC3)
1 556 dual timer (IC4)
1 4N25 optocoupler (IC5)
1 BC548 NPN transistor (01)
1 BO649 Darlington transistor
(02)
10 1N914 silicon diodes (01-03,
05-011)
1 1N4002 silicon diode (04)
2 5mm green LEDs (LED1,
LED3)
1 5mm red LED (LED2)
Capacitors
1 100µF 25VW PC electrolytic
1 47µF 25V PC electrolytic
1 22µF 25V PC electrolytic
2 2.2µF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 1µF 16V PC electrolytic
3 0. fµF metallised polyester
2 .01µF metallised polyester
Resistors (0.25W, 5%)
14100kn·
210kQ
1 3.3kQ
31.5kQ
MARCH
1993
35
Fig.3: here are the wiring
details for the two PC
boards & the passive
infrared sensor (PIR). Take
care with the orientation of
the ICs when installing
them on the main board &
note that Q2 is installed
with its metal face towards
the relay (RL1). SWl-8 is
the DIL switch & its settings
are shown in the table
below.
PASSIVE INFRARED SENSOR
-
+12V NC COM NO
1
n1=1
GND +12V
CUT SNO
TO MAIN PCB
DIL SWITCH SETTINGS
Switch Function
systems, particularly those with
"power fail" detection. These batteries should last a couple of years and
can also be used to power the camera.
Finally, the circuit should not affect the operation of the back-up battery in the main alarm system since
its standby current is only about
25mA. This rises to about 80mA when
the relay and LEDs are on.
Assembly
Most of the parts are mounted on a
main PC board coded 03103931. A
second PC board (coded 03103932)
provides interfacing for the motor and
microswitch (S9). Fig.3 shows the wiring details.
Comments
SWl
Film Set Open for logic 1 (MSB)
SW2
Film Set Open for logic 1
SW3
Film Set Open for logic 1
SW4
Film set
SW5
Reset
Normally open. Resets film counter.
SW6
Test
Normally open. Close for testing.
SW7
Activate
Norma lly closed. Open to disable
circuit.
swa
Auto
Close for full sequence of shots at
first triggering .
Begin construction of the main
board by installing the wire links, then
install the resistors diodes, transistors, capacitors and ICs. IC sockets
were used on the prototype but these
can be considered optional. Be sure to
install Q2 as shown, with its metal
tab towards the centre of the board.
Once these parts are in, the larger
components can be installed on the
board. These include the relay, the
miniature DIL switch (SW1-SW8) and
the two PC-mounting insulated screw
terminal blocks.
Fig.4 shows the dimensions of the
mechanical parts. After the parts have
been made, remove any burrs on them
and make sure that the plunger fits
Open for logic 1 (LSB)
easily into its support bracket.
The mechanism is designed around
a motor-gearbox kit from Jaycar Electronics and a Hanimex 35HL motordrive camera. The motor sells for
around $20.00 and the camera for
about $50.00.
All of the parts, apart from the main
PC board, fit into a large plastic case
as shown in the photos. The three
aluminium brackets and the gearbox
mounting holes can be used as templates for drilling mounting holes. You
will also have to drill a large hole in
the case directly in front of the camera lens.
.The 0. lµF capacitor can now be
soldered directly to the motor terminals, along with two flying leads
which can later be connected to the
interface board. This done, the brackets and motor-gearbox assembly can
RESISTOR COLOUR CODES
D
D
D
D
D
36
Value
4-Band Code (1%)
5-Band Code (1%)
2
100kQ
10kQ
1
3
3.3k0
1.5k0
brown black yellow brown
brown black orange brown
orange orange red brown
brown green red brown
brown black black orange brown
brown black black red brown
orange orange black brown brown
brown green black brown brown
No .
14
SILICON CHIP
14
I
12.5
...
"'
~
~r'I.
FRONT
FRONT
"'
N
'-IJ'
--
I
A
PLAN
PLAN
A
15
PLUNGER
MATERIAL: 25 x 25 x 3 ANGLE ALUMINIUM
25
PLUNGER SUPPORT BRACKET
MATERIAL: 25 x 25 x 3 ANGLE ALUMINIUM
SHAFT SUPPORT BRACKET
MATERIAL: 25 x 25 x 3 ANGLE ALUMINIUM
I
I
I
I
I
I~
10
zl
~I
o,
C>
N
HOLES: A • 3mm DIA
B • 3mm DIA, CSK
...
C>
1:::
I
I
I
I
~
z
ffi•
ml
20
- ~"'
50
I
I
I
~
I
20
f.-JL.-~
I
90
CAMERA HOLDING BRACKET
MATERIAL: 1.6 ALUMINIUM
ti: ..
J-:=::::::::-:::::---i-•1--~
1. . . . 1• • •1 ..
1. ..
:I
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES
DRIVE SHAFT
Fig.4: this diagram shows the dimensions of the three metal brackets, the plunger & the motor
drive shaft. These parts may have to be varied to suit different cameras.
be secured inside the case using machine screws and nuts. Note that the
two mounting screws for the plunger
bracket will have to be countersunk
to clear the plunger.
The dimensions shown for the motor drive shaft are for the Hanimex
35HL camera. If a different camera is
used, then this distance may need to
be altered.
The microswitch is attached to the
motor board using two screws and its
normally closed contacts (ie, the two
outer contacts) wired to the terminal
block. If necessary, the microswitch
can be adjusted by filing a slot in the
PC board at the top mounting position.
The motor board can now be slid
partly into the case using the second
set of guides and the leads from the
motor connected. This done, the board
can be pushed right down into the
case so that the microswitch arm sits
between the switch body and the motor shaft (see photo) .
Don't install the wiring between
the motor board and the main board
at this stage - that step comes later.
Testing
To test the motor and plunger assembly, go to the interface board and
MARCH
1993
37
The PC board was mounted on the back of the case but there's no reason why it
cannot be housed in the case used for the alarm system if there's sufficient
room. The IR sensor can also be mounted separately from the camera.
temporarily connect the "+8V" terminal to the "M" terminal and connect
the "H" terminal to the "GND" terminal. This done, connect the batteries.
If the microswitch contacts are closed
when the battery is connected, the
motor will operate until the contacts
open again (ie, when the motor shaft
presses the actuating arm down).
When the motor stops, momentarily short the "GND" terminal to the
"M" terminal and check that the motor starts again and completes one
revolution. If the motor continues to
operate, adjust the position of the
microswitch so that the motor stops
when the actuating arm is pushed
down by the motor shaft.
At this point, the shutter plunger
should be in its normally up position.
When everything is working OK, remove the batteries °from their holder.
The motor board can now be connected to the main board so that the
entire assembly can be tested (do not
connect the infrared sensor or install
the camera at this stage). VR1 and
VRZ should initially' be set to mid-
The large cutout in the motor interface board is used to
provide clearance for the motor. Don't forget to solder a
0.1µF capacitor directly across the motor terminals.
38
SILICON CHIP
position and a jumper wire temporarily connected between the CUT terminal (middle of the board) and the
GND terminal (top of the board). The
"X" and "Y" terminals should be left
disconnected and all of the switches
should be left open except for SW6
(TEST) which should be closed.
When the switches have been correctly set, reconnect the batteries and
apply power to the main board. LED 1
and LED 2 should immediately light
to indicate that the power is on and
that film is available. Check that the
slave relay operates if the SNO terminal is momentarily shorted to ground.
The main board can now be tested
for correct operation by closing SW7
(ACTIVATE) and momentarily shorting
SNO to ground again. If all is correct,
the slave relay will operate as before,
LED 2 will light to indicate that the
circuit has triggered, and the motor
will start and complete one revolution.
If the motor now keeps going or if it
just starts and then quickly stops , adjust VRZ until it operates correctly.
When the adjustments are correct and
the motor stops turning, no further
action should take place until IC4a
times out, even if SNO is shorted to
ground again. After IC4a times out,
the sequence can be repeated.
Now check that LED 2 goes out if
the RESET switch (SW5) is closed. If
it does, open SW5 again, close the
AUTO switch (SW8) and momentarily short SNO to ground again. The
motor should now start and stop as
before and LED 2 should come on
again. As soon as IC4a's delay ex-
This close-up view of the motor-gearbox assembly shows
how the motor shaft normally holds the microswitch arm
depressed to keep its normally closed (NC) contacts open.
OFFER-
CRAZY BATTERY
The first generation (XX 1080)
passive IA night viewer lube
features excellent gain. and
when used with a ve ry low
light objective lens, it can
· produce useful images under
almost as little as submoonlight illumination. Cal
also be IR assisted. We will
supply a XX1080 tube, plus a
suitable Lens . plus a kit of
parts for an EHT power supply
(PC B and components only)
for a total price of
$299
Used air cooled ARGON laser
heads, that produce a BLUE
bea m ! Power output is in the
30-1 00mW range. Lim ited
stock, at a fraction of thei r
$600-800 ...
real value:
For the Argon head only. We
also provide a circuit for a
simple power supply .
Item No. 0109
MARINE
SEARCHLIGHTS
two months
~
This prec1s1on collimator
assemb ly wa s removed from
working laser printers aod it is
su pplied with an extra brand
new laser diode to suit A
produce s a well collimated
lase r beam at 780n M/5mW .
Barely visible . We also supp ly
a PCB and components kit
p lus instructions. for a
suitable digital driver c1rcu1t
that can be used to complete
the laser transmitter . Suitable
for commun ications , data
ti11ks . perimeter protection .
barcode reading. medical
use . etc.
$89
(Item No. 0 111 )
W e can also supply a sim ilar
kit wh ich inclu des a laser
diode, unmounted lens. and a
driver kit.
$45
(Item No. 0 111 X)
Note that a suitable receiver
for use in perimeter protection
is the one published in E.A
April 8 1.
r·
,
·-
These new 0.5 metre
diameter military grade
search lights were made by
LUCAS in the U.K. Th~y are
painted grey and are almost
totally made of brass , except
for a few stainless steel
screws and nuts, a mirrored
glass parabo lic reflector, and
a glass cover plate, T hey
have a detachable mounting
pillar which brings the total
height of 1he searchlight and
the stand to approximately 2
meters. Fully adjustabl e
positioning and focussing .
Supplied with a 1000W/240V
quartz ha logen lam p (T11) :
23 ,000 lumens. A very
impressive unique, product
with many applications.
Approximate weight of pillar
and Spotlight is 60KG.
$1100
(Rei :XXFEB93101)
The $6 P+P charge doesn't
apply to th is one!! "Ring "
DI VER GING LEN S
INDUCTIVE
PROXIMITY
SWITCHES
~l
l'l"
,....____
$5.00 ea.
LASER GUN SIGHT·
.
$23
Item No. 0161
NATIONAL
SEM ICONDUCTOR seven
segment . Common cat hode .
12 digit, multiplexed, LED
display with 12 decimal
points. Overall size is
60 x 18mm and a pinout
diagram is provided . ONLY
$2.50 ea.or 5 for $ 10.
12V OPERATED
LASER BARGAIN
$28
~
.
·---~~~
A 5mW gunsight at an
unbeatable price .
$279
Item No. 0108
Includes one "Free" rifle or
pistol mount.
X .. ,-- - -- - =
\1,)\~~\t;,';.\;·
VISIBLE LASER
DIODE KIT
Brand new 5mW-670nM lase r
diode , plu s a collimating lens,
plus drive r kit, plus. hardware,
plus instructions.
$89
Item No. 0164
$38
ea.
(Ref.XXFEB93101 )
Furthermore . here is the
CRAZY OFFER. Buy three of
these batteries at the above
price . and we will deliver them
to any ma il addresses in
Austra lia at no additiona l
costs! 1 YES $11 4 TOTAL
COST, TO HAVE TH REE OF
THESE B A TTE RfES
DELIVERED TO YOUR
DOOR !!
We also have avai lable a
su itable overn ight charger for
these batteries
(500m A) .. .$25ea . No
additional delivery cha rge
applies if the c harger/s is/are
bought.with the above three
battery oiler.
These are new 16 character
by 2 line alphanumeric LCD
display modu les, with surface
mount control ci rcuitry
mounted on the rear of the
display. Requ ire a few
milliamperes at SV to operate,
information included:
Based on a brand new . very
compact modern EHT llyback
transformer which includes an
EHT diode rectifie r. We
supply the transformer, a very
simple circuit, and the
components to suit . All you
need to make a very simple
EHT, DC or pulsed AC
supply. Powered from 12V
DC supply. G reat for EHT
experiments , EHT testing,
pla sma displays, etc . Total
price for the transformer and
the components is ONLY ;
,
These industrial qua lity
detectors wil l detect ferrous
and non-ferrou s metals at
close pro ximity . Some are DC
powered (10-30V0, some are
AC powered (Mains) . and all
w ill switch loads directly. All
have a three wi re for co nnect·
ing in to ci rcuitry: Two fo r th e
supply, and one for switc hing
the load. LIMITED
QUANTITIES at a small
fraction of their real price :
PRICE?
EHT GENERATOR
KIT 'I
LED DISPLAYS
A high quality laser beam
diverging (bea m ex pander)
glass lens. mounted on an
aluminium plate. with
mounting screws provided
Dimensions : 25 x 25 x 6mm
Use it to expand the laser
beam tor Holography. Special
Effects. or one of the two
lenses requ ired to fine focus a
laser beam . for Surveying and
Bar Code Reading.
.
$79
(Item No. 0166)
Note that an LSI surtace
mount controller IC for this
display is available. This IC
has a built in ch aracte r set
generator and many other
features . It is compatible with
8080 and 6800 MPU's. The
IC is available elsewhere for
about $35 , and we will supply
more information upon
request .
IR LASERS
SPECIAL
Brand new large 640 x 200
dot matrix LCD displays ,
made by EPSON - SEIKO,
screen size is 120 x 265m m ,
has built in drivers. Four bit
TTL intertace , a total of 14
connections are requ ired for
signal and powe r (+5V, - 12V).
Capable of displaying
characters , graphs, patterns
etc. 28 pages of information
included. ON SPECIAL Jar
Brand new industria l grad e
PANASON IC 12V/6.5AH
sea led gel batteries at a
reduced price . Yes 6.5
AMP ERE HOURS! Use them
in lighting , alarm s.
commu nications. laser power
suppli es. so lar systems etc .
Dimensions: 100 x 94 x
65mm. Weight o f one battery
is 2.2KG! The SPECIAL
--- ~"<':"'"#'·::
•"' "" ;'_L_, r,..,·
"°J""'•j,;·i
~-~,~---~ ~-. _)
~~ -
,
1wo used 3mW Siemens HeNe visible red laser tubes,
and one of our efficient 12V
universal laser supply kits.
$109
Item No. 00105X
$18
5
$80
ea. or
for
(Ite m No. 0131)
MASTHEAD
AMPLIFIER KIT
Based on an IC with 20dB of
gai~. a bandwidth of 2Ghz
and a noise figu re of 2,Bdb
this amplifier kit out performs
many other IC's , and is a
fraction of their cost. The
complete kit of parts for the
masthead amplifier PCB and
components, and the power
and signal combiner PCB and
components, is priced at an
incredible :
$18
Fore more info rmation see a
novel, extremely popular, and
an ·effective active antenna
design which employs this
amplifier: MIRACLE T V
ANT ENNA - E.A. May·-1992.
TUNING FORK
in
--
SIX DIFFERENT MOTORS
FOR A TOTAL COST OF
$30.
ULTRASONIC
BURGLAR ALARM
KIT
···• •
·. ··
.
'! , ' ' ., .
.
.
Each one of these ide ntical
PCB filter assemblies
contains six three terminal
tuning fork l ifters (IN•GNDOUT), at different frequencies
in the audio range: 1.8·3 .1
Khz.
These high quamy dual fork
filters have very narrow
bandwtdths , and could be
use d as the basis of a
selective call system , high
stability osci llators etc.
$20a pair,
Sma ll PCB Assembly based
on a ULN22321C.
This device has a bu ilt in light
detector , fil ters, timer, narrow
angle lens, and eve n a siren
driver circuit that can drive an
external speaker. Will detect
humans crossing a narrow
corridor at distances up to 3
metres. Much higher range s
are possible if the detector is
illum inated by a remote
visible or IA light source . Can
be used at very low light
levels . and even in total
darkness. W ith IR LED . Full
information provided . The IC
only . is \-.\.irth $16! OUR
PRICE FOR THE
AS~~BLYIS :
;Jib EA. OR 5 FOR $25
Item No. 0163
D.C. MOTORS
· We have good stocks of 5
different high quality
JAPAN ESE DC Motors.
These should suit many
industrial, hobby, robotics and
other applications . Check out
the SPECIAL prlces, and
com pa re!
M1 • 24V, I No load = 50mA ·
22 ,000 RP M at 24V, main
body 28mm Diam - 40mm
long ... $5.50
M4 • 3-15V, I No load, 20 mA
at 12V, main body 3 1mm
Diam · 22mm long ... $ 3
M5-3-15V, I No load • 60mA ·
5700 RPM at 12V, main body
28mm Diam • 40mm
long ... $2.50
M9-12V, I No load= 0.52A ·
15,800 RPM at 12V, ma in
body 36mm Diam • 67mm
long ... $8.50
M 14 • Made for slot cars. 48V, I No load = 0.84A at 6V,
at max efficiency 1,,. 5.7A.
7500 RPM, main body 30mm
Diam - 57mm long ... $9.50
Further to the above special
prices, during Feb.-March we
are offering an introductory
package w hich includes O NE
O F EACH O F TH E ABOV E
MOTORS, and one of the
STEPPER MOTORS
advertised elsewhere in this
ad . (Item No. 0 140) .
PROJECTION
LENS
.a
See S.C. May 88 for this high
quality crystal locked
ultraso nic design. Ca n be
used as a detector or a self
standing alarm , has provision
for bonnet/boot protection and
flashing light and back up
battery . Easily combined with
ou r U.H. F. Remote Control.
CL EARANC E PRICED AT
ONLY:
$29.90
(Cat. No. GK125)
For the P.C. B. and all parts,
except the screw term in als.
A pair of ultrasonic
transducers is included!!
DON'T MISS OUTI
ELECTRONIC KEY
KIT
=·-
~
Main body has a diameter of
117mm and is 107mm long.
The whole assembly can be
easily unscrewed to obta in
three very large lenses : two
plastic and one glass. The
basis of the cheapest large
magnifier or projection
sy$1em? Experimenters
delight at
ON LY$28
-
"~'~.,.~.~~
strikers for entering buildings,
car alarms , central locking ,
the most secure key ever
(See E.A. July 92): ON
$49.90
SPECIAL<at>
For two keys, and one
decoder kit. Cat. No. GK138 .
!afl~f~!~!s~~~•cs
I/
f:-Telephone : (02) 579 4985 Fax : (02) 570 791 0
1..i •
MELBOURNE AGENT TRUSCOTT S (03 ) 723 3860
..... MAJOR CARDS ACC EPT ED WITH PHONE ,. .
FAX ORDERS . P+P
.
~:~.''!'· . . •
i,,.,,£,Q.R MOST MI XED ORDERS : AU STRALIA : $6. N .Z . !Air Mail) : $ 10
:-c. • ,-.·~
Each time the motor starts, the motor drive shaft operates the plunger,
the camera shutter trips & the camera automatically "winds on" to
the .next frame. The motor drive shaft also releases the microswitch
arm to ensure that_the motor completes one full revolution.
pires, this cycle should repeat automatically and continue to do so until
the film counter reaches zero. At this
point, LED 1 (FILM) should extinguish
and the motor should stop permanently.
If all is well so far, reset the system
again (by closing and opening SW5),
open SW8, and remove the link fitted
between the CUT terminal and GND
(this simulates the sensor wire being
cut). The slave relay should now come
on and stay on, while the motor should
operate repeatedly until the film counter reaches zero.
Finally, the camera can be installed
in the case and tested for correct operation. There should be a small clearance between the bottom of the
plunger and the camera button, otherwise the button may not fully release.
If this happens, the film will not automatically wind on.
Note that the base of the camera
may need a bit of packing under it to
wedge it into the correct position.
40
SILICON CHIP
Don't forget to open SW6
(TEST) when the above test
procedure has been completed.
. ALARM
REL~Y
CONTACTS
+t2V
1
IC5
4N25
ALARM
SYSTEM
Installation
On the prototype, the
main board was mounted
on standoffs on the outside
of the lid and secured using
screws and nuts. Alterna-·
tively, it could be mounted
in a separate case or, if there
is sufficient room, inside the
case used for the central
alarm system.
Obviously, the camera
must be installed in a location so that it doesn't stand
out. Some houses are fitted
with removable vents in the
walls near the roof. This
makes an ideal spot in
which to hide the camera,
although you will need to
cut a neat hole in the vent
X
.....,_-------0-----,
y
DV
R20
3.3k
(a)
X
+t2V
IC5
t 4N25
ALARM
SYSTEM
Y
R20
3.3k
ALARM
RELAY
CONTACTS
DV
(b)
Fig.5: the alarm s_e curity camera is armed
using a relay in the main alarm system.
Connect the X & Y inputs as shown in (a) if
this relay switches to +12V & connect them as
shown in (b) ifit switches to OV.
so that the camera lens can "see" the
room.
Another approach would be to fit
the unit into a strong steel box and
use "Bandit" glass over the lens opening. This could then be mounted up
high in a garage or workshop.
When the camera unit is in position, the various connections can be
run to the central alarm system. These
include the power supply connections, the "X" and "Y" terminal connections, and the (optional) slave relay contact connections. Fig.5(a)
shows how to wire the "X" and "Y"
terminals if the external alarm relay
switches to +12V, while Fig.5(b) shows
how to wire the terminals if the external relay switches to ground (GND).
The infrared sensor can either be
mounted on the camera box or installed separately. It should be wired
to the main board as shown in Fig.3.
Satellite siren
Because the camera generates some
noise while it is operating, a small
piezo siren should be mounted inside
the room. This siren should be wired
to sound at the same time as the main
alarm siren and will mask any sounds
from the camera. As a bonus, it will
also annoy the intruder with its piercing sound and hopefully encourage
him to leave quickly.
· The flash on the camera should be
turned off to ensure good battery life.
This means that the system as described will only work satisfactorily
during daylight hours or if the lights
are on. It cannot produce useful results if the room is in darkness.
Note that, for normal operation,
switch SW7 (ACTIVATE) -is closed
while switch SW6 (TEST) is left open.
SW8 should be closed for AUTO operation, while switches SW1-SW4
should initially be set to suit the
number of shots on the film. For 12
shots, leave SW1 and SW2 open and
close SW3 and SW4 (leave all switches
open for a maximum count of 15).
Switch SW5 (RESET) is normally
left open. It should be closed and
then opened again when· the camera
is set up to reset the film counter.
After that, it is only used to reset the
film counter if it counts down to zero.
If the unit is to be used on its own, .
connect it to the power supply shown
in Fig.Z(b). The unit can then be armed
or disarmed by connecting the Y terminal to GND and using a hidden
SC03103932
Fig.6: here are the full-size etching patterns for the two PC boards.
switch to connect the X terminal to
the +12V rail. This switch will have
to be located somewhere near the front
door, so that you don't trigger the unit
while you are leaving the house.
One last point: it's worth keeping
any security system like this a secret.
Word does get around.
SC
MARCH
1993
41
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
The search for the missing link
I hardly need emphasise that the service game
is mostly about diagnosis. Once a fault has been
diagnosed, the repair is usually routine. But
finding the fault is the real job & this one took
months to find & seconds to fix.
The set concerned was a Samsung
34cm colour TV set, model CB 349Z.
The "Z" suffix indicates a remote control version, while an "F" suffix indicates a standard version. Both use the
P50F chassis.
The owner uses this set in two locations: at his Sydney home and at a
holiday cottage down the coast. As a
result, the set has been programmed
for city VHF channels 2, 7, 9 & 10,
SBS UHF channel 28, and south-coast
UHF channels 30, 33, 42, 45 & 48. But
that is more or less by the way, except
that the large number of channels
emphasised the fault's nuisance value.
The fault itself was a tendency to
spontaneously change channels. In
greater detail, it didn't simply jump
from one channel to another; it would
go into a search mode which took it
Our loss is
your gain
Fracarro's
ESVU2. The
really low
loss VHF/
UHF mixer
with areasonable
price tag.
Peter C. Lacey Services Pty. Ltd.
P.O. Box 678 (74Fulton Rd.) Mount Eliza 3930
Tel:03 787 2077 Fax:(03) 787 3460 ACN006893438
42
SILICON CHIP
right through the 10 channels, then·
repeat this procedure, before finally
going into standby mode.
Turning the set off and on again
would usually cure the fault temporarily and it might then work normally for a few hours, several days, or
even weeks. And, as I established later,
it didn't seem to matter whether the
set was hot or cold. Nor was there any
other pattern to the fault. In short, it
was completely unpredictable.
Search function
The search function just described
is a quite legitimate feature in this set.
Basically, it is a self-seeking, automatic tuning function, its primary
purpose being to facilitate the initial
setting up of the channels.
There are two sets of UP/DOWN
buttons in the system: the search buttons and the channel selection buttons. It is important to clearly differentiate between the two.
The setting up procedure is initiated by activating one of the two search
buttons (UP or DOWN). This causes
the set to search until it receives a
signal of adequate strength to lock
onto, while very weak signals are ignored. In the unlikely event that no
signals are detected, the system will
search right through both the VHF
and UHF bands, then go back to the
beginning, repeat the search, and go
into standby mode.
In practice, of course, it would normally lock onto a signal somewhere
in either the VHF or UHF band. When
it does, it stores this channel in
memory, waits for the button to be
pressed again, then continues the
search, stores the next channel it locks
onto, and so on.
When all the available channels
have been stored, they may be selected in two ways: (1) sequentially
by using the UP or DOWN channel
select buttons on the front of the set;
or (2) directly by pressing the appropriate channel number on the remote
control unit.
And how doEls the system know
when it has found a channel? The
relevant part of the circuit is shown
here, including the PWB-CONTROL
board and a section of the PWB REMOCON (remote control) board.
Most of the work is performed by
RIC01 (M50431), the main IC in this
section. Pin 12 of this IC is fed with
sync pulses and these provide the
locking command.
So inuch for the general background. When the customer described
the fault, I immediately took the precaution of warning him that, since it
was capable ofrurining OK for weeks
at a time, it could well take me many
weeks to find the cause. Fortunately,
he had anticipated this and added
that he had another set which would
serve in the meantime. And just as
well as it turned out.
RR65
• RC11
',
UND
:
1
SY
''
-l
RR36
1W,24»<
RC06
1
t60V 1,
''
'
''
RR40 I., 11< RR4 I 4. ?K
sov,1,..
RR4
RR37
10K
~ K5C815-Y
ROOS
l-: 25C1815-\
RC09
2K
RQ04
K~C81S·Y
2SC1815-Y
RC01
Tip, 334 I0334
f tOOV
I
•
-: IOOV
RC08
22
130CH I
R014
ROO?
UPC574J
JN4148
IBfil2l
I START l
1:, _ _ _
"
ROIS
€e ~;;~,22
RC12
30
RR63 10K
C
!1i
0
'
a,
'
,...
82
I
Reos•
103.SOV
~
RR67 30K
RR33 30K
RR32
I0K
RR34 10K
RR35 30K
Fig.1: the relevant circuit section of the Samsung CB 349Z TV receiver. The
microprocessor controller (RIC01) is on the PWB-REMOCON board & locks onto
sync signals on its pin 12 input. The PWB-CONTROL board is to the left of this
board and carries the display unit and most, but not all, of the control buttons.
The fault was hidden under other components.
Knowing how the system sensed
the presence of a signal, my first step
was to check pin 12 ofRlCOl for sync
pulses. Because of the intermittent
nature of the fault, all I could do was
switch the set on and wait for the
fault to appear. It took its time but,
after a couple of days, it eventually
showed up.
I checked pin 12 with the CRO but
there were the sync pulses, exactly as
before. So that ruled out that theory.
I wasn't quite sure where to look
next , so I decided to see whether
Samsung's service department had
any ideas. After all, there is not much
point in spending many hours trying
to track down a fault when someone
else has already been there and the
· details are on record for the asking.
So I rang Samsung outlined the
symptoms, and asked whether anyone else had encountered the problem. The technician had not heard of
any such fault but immediately made
his own diagnosis. "Oh yes, the problem is the microp'rocessor chip, RICOl.
Replace that and it should solve your
problem".
Frankly, I was highly sceptical of
this suggestion. It had all the earmarks
of a snap diagnosis, based on the obvious, but without too much thought
about the fine details of the symptoms. On the other hand, the set was
still under warranty, and if they were
prepared to cover the cost of supplying and fitting a new IC -with 42 pins
- who was I to quibble?
So a new IC was ordered and duly
fitted. And that solved the problem,
or so it appeared. The set ran for over
three weeks and never missed a beat
so, when the customer called one day
to check my progress, I suggested that
he take it away. After all, it might just
as well be tested in his lounge room
as on my workbench. But I warned
him that, in spite of Samsung's suggestion, and my bench testing, I was
still not convinced. If it failed, he was
to bring it back immediately.
Several more weeks went by with
no word from the owner and I was
beginning to think that Samsung had
been right after all. The next thing I
knew, the set was back on the shop
co·unter. "It went real beaut until yesterday. Then it was up to it's old tricks;
really bad".
Control board
So we were back to square one.
Well, almost; at least I could now rule
out the IC. In the meantime, I had
noted one more aspect of the fault; it
always searched up, never down.
On this basis there seemed to be
only one line of investigation left: the
control board (PWB-CONTROL) and,
in particular, the channel UP and
search UP pushbuttons. If one of these
somehow jammed on, either mechanically or electrically, it could create
this effect.
The' PWB-CONTROL board measures about 200 x 600mm and sits at
the front of the set beneath the picture
tube. It is offset to the right, with the
speaker in the remaining lefthand
space. As well as the pushbutton controls just mentioned, it also carries
the volume, contrast, colour, fine tuning and on/off controls, plus the remote control receiver and the channel number display.
MARCH
1993
43
Fortunately, this board is fairly easy
to get at by slipping the main chassis
out and undoing several screws. The
main chassis can then be replaced,
giving a working set with the control
board accessible behind the cabinet.
So, with everything set up like this,
I waited for the fault to re-appear. The
set then ran for weeks without any
sign of trouble but eventually it did
misbehave. When it did, I tried twisting and bending the control board
and this provided the first confirmation that the fault really was on this
board. I could more or less create or
cure the fault in this way.
But I say "more or less" because I
could not establish any exact pattern
that would affect the set's behaviour.
On some occasions, the fault seemed
to be at one end of the board, while at
other times it seemed to be at the
other end. And sometimes twisting
was the most effective, while at other
times bending seemed to work. Whatever it was, I just couldn't pin it down.
But with the board clearly established as the culprit, a replacement
board seemed the logical answer. The
only problem with this was that, when
I called in on Samsung, there were no
boards in stock. Instead, they were
"on back order, delivery date indefinite". How often have I heard that
phrase!
At this point, I had two choices:
either wait, for who knows how long,
for a new board or fix the old board
myself. If it was to be the latter, then I
needed help more than ever. I tackled
44
SILICON CHIP
the service department
again, determined to check
out everyone if necessary
in order to get a clue.
Fortunately, the first
bloke I buttonholed was
quite helpful. He listened
carefully and didn't make
any snap diagnosis. On the
contrary, I could tell by the
expression on his face that
the wheels were turning.
Yes, he had heard of
such a fault. Well, that was
the good news. The bad
news was that it was so
long ago and had reached
him by such a devious
path, that he couldn't recall much in the way of detail. In fact,
he couldn't recall anything initially
but, after much brain racking, he came
up with one thought. It concerned the
wire links on the PWB-CONTROL
board and, in particular, the possibility of two of them touching. And that
was all the help he could offer.
I thanked him and went on my way.
At least it was something but, on the
other hand, it didn't seem to make
TETIA TV TIP
Hitachi VT-640E VCR
Symptom: Machine does not
want to accept cassette. If the
cassette is pressed into the cassette carrier and held there for
several seconds, the machine will
accept it briefly then immediately
eject it. A repeat performance may
finally persuade the machine to
accept the tape.
Cure: Replace the tape end sensors in the cassette housing .
Faulty sensors give the control
microprocessor the wrong information and makes it think a cassette is already installed. A clue is
that the machine can be put into
play mode without a cassette in
place.
TETIA TV Tip is supplied by the
Tasmanian branch of the Electronic Technician's Institute ofAustralia. Contact Jim Lawler, 16
Adina St, Geilston Bay 7015.
much sense. There are several links
on this board but I couldn't imagine
how any of them could touch.
This was confirmed when I checked
the actual board - there was no way
any of the links could touch each
other, or anything else for that matter.
Yet, for all his vagueness, the technician had been adamant that the fault
involved the links.
Display unit
More or less in desperation, I went
back to my twisting and bending routine. The set's behaviour was much as
before except that I gained the im,
pression that the area around the channel number display unit (top left of
Fig.1) was marginally more sensitive.
This didn't make sense. The display should have no electrical connection whatever with the control
functions. Nevertheless, I had to be
sure. The display unit is a dual-inline, 18-pin package, fed independently from the PWB-REMOCON board
via plug/socket CNR03.
This all seemed perfectly straightforward until I took a closer look at
the copper side of the board around
the display unit. It was easy enough
to account for the copper tracks running to the display unit but there were
other tracks as well, with several connections coming through from the
component side that obviously did
not belong to the display.
Well, there was clearly no alternative; the ·display unit had to come out.
It wasn't all that difficult and when I
finally pulled it away, the cause of all
the bother was plain to see.
Hidden under the display unit were
four extra w,ire links. And two of them
had been bent so that, at best, they
were only a gnat's eyebrow apart and,
at worst, were actually touching. In
this situation, almost any variable
(temperature, vibration or attitude) can
change the status of these links, which
is a flash way of describing an intermittent.
The irony was that having found
the fault, it took less than 10 seconds
with a screwdriver blade to cure it.
But that's the way it goes; finding the
fault is the real job.
What caused it?
But how did the faulty condition
come about in the first place? It seems
unlikely that the links were bent in
that formation when they were fitted,
so what happened?
From what I could work out, it
would appear that the links were sitting too high on the board when they
were initially fitted, either because
they had not been pushed down far
enough or because they were bowed
slightly upwards. Either way, they
would be pushed sideways when the
display module was fitted.
It wouldn't have mattered if they
had both moved in the same direction, but Murphy saw to it that they
moved in opposite directions towards
each other. And he also took care to
see that they did not touch each other
while the set was tested; that had to
wait until it was in the field.
Well, that's enough from my bench
for the month. Let's now take a hop,
step and a jump across Bass Straight,
for a story from our colleague J. L. in
Tasmania.
The fishnet VCR
This story comes from a colleague
who lives and works in the country,
100km from the city. It concerns a
Teac video cassette recorder, model
MV307, with a very obscure problem.
The customer complained that
watching a video recording or the ABC
on VHF channel 2 was like looking at
the program through a nylon fish net.
The commercial VHF station and SBS
on UHF showed no signs of the trouble.
In fact, the "fish net" turned out to
be shimmering white lines that flickered across the screen in a diagonal
pattern. They were never still and
moved at a constant speed. In all other
respects, the picture was normal and
was quite watchable if one could only
ignore the white lines.
The customer put up with the lines
while watching video recordings but
took to feeding the TV receiver directly from the antenna, bypassing
the video recorder, to watch channel
2. But this introduced another problem. They were in a remote area and
he had come to rely on the extra gain
provided by the video recorder's frontend amplifier. Without that gain, the
picture from channel 2 was not so
good and so he eventually decided
that the recorder just had to be fixed.
My colleague soon found that the
fault was a fundamental one. It not
only appeared on the off-air TV program and pre-recorded video tape signal, but could also be recorded onto
-WHA1'"'S MORE: 11"" WAS STlt-1IHe: SAME. ~'HEAVY 'RA\N .. .,.
tape and replayed on any other machine!
This particular fault was not an easy
one to diagnose. At first glance, it
looked as though it could be a power
supply problem since similar problems in TV sets had been traced to
this source. However, the nature of
this problem - though not the extentcould be changed by altering the tuning of channel 2 on the recorder. This
suggested a possible fault in tuner.
Since my friend did not have a service manual for this model, he contacted a colleague who does have a
manual and asked if he would care
to take over the repair. This serviceman works in the city but, after the
most exhaustive testing, he could find
absolutely nothing wrong with the
machine. It tuned and recorded channel 2 perfectly. He did reset the tuner
AGC in case of problems there but
otherwise he could do nothing to help.
And so my friend took the machine
home and tried it again. The fault was
still present, which suggested that it
was related in some way to the weaker
signal at his location. For a time, he
thought that the trouble might be due
to interference from noisy power supply lines. However, the trouble was
identical at both the customer's home
and at my colleague's workshop.
What's more, it was still the same
after heavy rain.
MARCH
1993
45
'1k«,, 1:J~ ,l!:euu;e ,li:eteaae
li : i:11::~:1,t:m:1:mi::i i :i l :il i:l :¼JE;l:1: 1;1:1 :1 :11il il i ffl.il !l i! : 1:1: ~11:1;:: : :i :il i ~ ll::~:m:1:1:1:!l il il i: : 1: 1 11
1:1:l:imil il l!;.1:~::i ~
ZI -
I ~
OFFERING
i-"'""'"!'_
11
_ _ _i
EXTRA SIZES
a MORE ACCESSORIES
LOWER PRICES
11 NATURAL or BLACK
ANODISED FRAMES
II FOREST GREY or
BLACK TEXTURE
COVER FINISHES
READER INFO NO. 6
THE UNIQUE ZIP-RACK DESIGN
SIMPLE,FAST & EFFECTIVE THATS ZIP-RACK
Twelve lengths of ZIP-RACK hollow section aluminium extrusion are interconnected using black ABS plastic corner
connectors. This requires only a rubber mallet or similar tool. The assembly is self aligning and can be further strengthened
by 'pop' riviting the overlapping flanges at each corner.
TYPE 46 RACK DATA:
RACK WIDTH 540mm. RACK DEPTH 460mm. 1U (RACK UNIT) =44.45mm OR 1 3/4".
FOR EQUIPMENT/PANEL CAPACITY DEDUCT 90mm FROM TOTAL RACK HEIGHT
ZIP-RACK FRAME
sro'.DEN[IliAPK
lll
1)
:; ~si~j
268
357
490
F04
F06
F09
II
C12
C15
C18
624
757
890
C24
C30
C40
1157
1424
1868
6/01BK
6/02
6/03
6/03BK
6/04
6/04BK
CT2
CT3
CT4
ZIP-RACK is made by "The ZIP-RACK Company" Factory 2, 7 Michellan Court, Bayswater Victoria 3153. Australia.
Under licence to AUTOTRON AUSTRALIA P/L. The ZIP-RACK Designers
Beware of illegitimate copies without the ZIP-RACK name. For product sales, wholesale pricing & product literature
Phone:
{03) 729 7255
or Fax:
{03) 729 6017
SERVICEMAN'S LOG - CTD
So the idea of mains-borne interference had to be discarded. In any case,
the interference pattern was nothing
like that normally caused by faulty
mains insulators and hardware.
Next up, he phoned Teac in Sydney
and asked their technical department
if they had any answers to the problem. He wasn't particularly pleased
when their only suggestion was that
he should check the antenna. I suppose that might be a typical first response to a question posed by an uninformed owner but it's hardly likely
to impress an experienced serviceman.
Anyway, the conversation continued for a time and eventually all concerned came to the conclusion that
the trouble must be in the tuner. So a
new tuner was duly delivered and
fitted but to no avail. The problem
continued.
Another call to Teac produced the
suggestion that perhaps it was a power
supply problem. Nobody could offer
a convincing explanation as to what
was happening but an offer by Teac to
investigate the supply was too good
to miss.
My colleague removed the supply
from the chassis and packed it off to
Sydney. But again it was all to no
avail because Teac could find no fault
of any kind. After this, the machine
sat on the bench for several weeks. In
the meantime, the owners had borrowed another machine. This machine worked perfectly
at their location and finally scotched any suggestion of local interference being the cause of
the trouble.
After that, each time
he came to town, my
colleague would ask
some of our mutual
friends if they had ever
seen the trouble. He had
a recording of the effect
which he would play to
anyone who showed the
slightest interest in the
problem. It almost
reached the point where
he took on the nickname
of "Fishnet". But nobody had ever seen or even heard of
the problem.
·
And so time passed and the machine sat gathering dust, until one
day my colleague was called to another job which really did involve
mains-borne interference.
In this case, the owner had obtained
a copy of the Department of Communications booklet on TV reception
problems. He was into self-help and
only called on my friend when he
reached the stage of needing professional help.
It was while browsing through the
DOC booklet that my friend came
across an idea that he felt might be
worth trying on the Teac recorder.
This suggestion involved winding a
TV receiver power cord around a ferrite rod to minimise mains-borne
interference into and out of the set.
Back at his workshop, he lost no
time in salvaging an antenna rod from
an old portable radio. It was about
13mm in diameter and 100mm long.
He wound the power lead onto the
rod, fitting as many turns as possible.
At switch on, he was amazed·to see
that all traces of the fishnet interference had disappeared. The picture on
all channels was as clean as one could
ever wish.
Just to make sure, he began to remove turns from the rod. The first
three of four turns made no difference
but then a faint trace of the fishnet
pattern became visible. And, as he
removed further turns, the pattern
became stronger and stronger, until it
had returned in all its annoying glory.
He repeated the experiment at the
owner's home and found that it
worked just as well there. So the machine was eventually set up with a
dozen or so turns of its power lead
wound around a ferrite rod, tucked
into the back of the video cabinet.
We have had long and detailed discussions on the problem and the most
likely answer is that it is a power
supply fault. Radiation from the recorder's switchmode supply is one
possibility, perhaps caused by the accidental omission of a suppression
component during assembly. Ferrite
beads are often fitted to the emitter
leads of chopper transistors for just
such suppression purposes , so this
suggestion is not entirely fanciful.
The problem is that the fault doesn't
exist in strong signal areas. This means
that it would never have been detected during factory tests, nor would
it have ever been detected if the machine had gone to a city-dwelling
owner.
At this point my colleague doesn't
feel like recalling the machine and
working over the power supply. If it
ever comes in again, he will look into
that possibility but for the time being
the makeshift mains filter solves the
problem.
Footnote
And now for a footnote. At a recent
meeting of the Tasmanian Division of
TETIA, the fishnet problem was raised
yet again. Discussion circulated ad
nauseum but one member joined in
with more than a little interest. It
turned out that he had an identical
machine with the same problem in
another low signal area.
Our colleague could not wait to get
home to try the ferrite rod exercise.
We've not yet heard whether it was
succei,sful.
So far, on the basis of just one unit,
the idea of a factory error appeals
strongly. However, it could be a design problem - the Teac MV 307 is a
fairly new model, so there may not be
too many of them in country areas
where weak signals . allow the problem to reveal itself. It will be interesting to hear if the fishnet turns up in
other places.
SC
MARCH
1993
47
12
Double sided copper
coated fibreglass PCB.
These are offcuts
from a PCB
various sizes. We
have rough ly separated them into 2 different size (large and smal l) and
we cannot guarantee that you will receive these actual sizes.
SMALL - approx 100 x 300mm
Cat. HP-9522
ONLY $1.00
LARGE -
approx 200 x 260mm
Cat. HP-9524 ONLY
$2.00
VOLT FLASHING FLOURESCENT LIGHT FITTING
Another surplus stock purchase
Limited quantity- grab one while
they last.
This unit was designed for use as
an illuminated flash ing sign,
F
probab1y for cars. It looks a bit like
the signs you see on taxis. It
incorporates a 40 watt Li-shaped
flourescent tube (supp lied) and it's
housed in awhite plastic case size 760 x 305mm with an opaque
I1Iusrrateawimourperspex cover ··
white perspex cover. It has a dual
timer - one to delay operation between 1 and 4 hours, and the other to control the duration of operation between 1 and 4 hours.
There is also a reset switch which halts the flashing, so could be shorted out to stop the flashing totally.
Ideal for shop advertising, by using awhieboard marker. you can eas ily change the message, or even in the windows of cars in a
car yard.
As parts it contains a 40W inverter to run a fluro from 12V, and a dual ti mer board. Made in New Zealand. Flash rate3 sec on 3
sec off.
Cat. ST-3050
f·
lr -
r.
A Bargain at $49.95
Have you been through the trauma of having your house
burgled? This kit will automatically capture the thiefs action on 35mm film using a
passive infra red sensor and almost any motor driven 35mm SLR camera.
Imagine you've just returned home to find your house robbed. Yes, the alarm went
off, but was ignored by the neighbour as a false alarm. A cal l to the police reveals
that they know of a burglar operating in the vicinity but they don't know who it is.
"We'll get himsooner or later" is the reply. Wait a minute - the camera! Yes its
taken some shots. Within a couple of hours the fi lms processed and there's the burglar 1
TheJaycar kit includes 2 x PCB's, box, panel label and al l specified components. Motor gearbox extra Cat. YG-2712 $21.95.
Cat. KC-5130
$49.95
PRO QUALITY INSTRUMENT CASE
This box is the largest one in the range of 3. It has been used in countless
kits, including test equipment, power supplies etc., etc., etc. Grey colour, with
black plastic panels. Size 260(W) x 190(D) x 80(H)mm.
Catalogue price is $20.95. We're overstocked. Stock up now at this crazy price.
CatHB-5910$12.95 ea SAVE $8
SLASHED
--
r---------------------,
STETHOSCOPE
See Electronics Australia January
1993
Build a 200W rms subwoofer. After
the June subwoofer article which
featured our 8" subwoofer, EA was beseiged with requests for a
higher power unit. They have used our Re/Sponse 12" driver and
we have had cabinet kits made to suit.
SPEAKER Re/ Sponse 12" driver
Cat. CW-2145
$199
CABINET KIT
The cabinet is not cheap, but we found that there is an enormous
amount of work for the home constructor to line up all the wood,
drill and screw. Our cabinet kit is made from 18mm MDF
customwood, as recommended in the article. There are 64 holes
pre-drilled to fix the 32 x 50mm screws supplied and needed for
strong assembly. The baffle has been routed and the T nut
sockets are-in place to mount the driver. There is a 50mm round
hole to mount the rear terminal which is supplied. The MDF
customwood is supplied in a natural state with a view to painting
Low-cost audio mixer
for camcorders
Jazz up your home videos by mixing in some
background music from either CD or tape.
This simple 2-channel mixer runs off a 9V
battery, uses only one common IC & can be
built in a couple of hours.
By DARREN YATES
Although camcorders have made
home-movie "blockbusters" easier to
make than ever, the soundtrack on
most of these recording is usually
pretty boring. Most of the time, you
find that it's just people talking, while
sometimes there is no significant
sound there at all. Again the age-old
question comes up: "wouldn't it be
nice if... ?"
This handy 2-channel audio mixer
is ideal for adding some "aural interest" to your home videos. It allows
you to mix the camera recorded audio
with audio from an external source
when you copy the camcorder tape to
VHS format on the VCR. Generally,
the extra audio to be added to the
soundtrack will come from a CD player
or tape deck, but you can use other
audio sources as well.
In operation, you simply feed the
audio output from the camcorder into
one channel and a (mono) signal from
the external source into the other. The
relative levels of both inputs can then
be adjusted using the Channel 1 and
Channel 2 level controls, while a Master control sets the overall output level.
The maximum output level is about
Two of the RCA sockets accept mono input signals from the camcorder & an
external music source, while the third provides a mono output for the VCR. The
front-panel controls allow the input & output levels to be adjusted.
50
SILICON CHIP
4Vp-p, which is more than ample for
any VCR.
An on/off switch completes the
front-panel line-up, while input/output connections are made via three
RCA sockets mounted on one side of
the case.
The remaining parts are all mounted
on a small PC board and this fits neatly
inside a small plastic case. These parts
are all readily available and, in fact,
you may already have most of them
sitting in your junkbox.
Circuit details
Refer now to Fig.1 for the circuit
details. As you can see, there's not a
lot to it. ICl is a TL064 quad FETinput op amp package. Three of its op
amps (ICla, IClb & ICld) are used to
mix the audio signals, while the fourth
(IClc) is used to provide circuit biasing.
At the channel 1 input, the incoming audio signal is AC-coupled via a
2.2µF capacitor to level control VRl.
The resulting signal is then fed to pin
3 of ICla via a lkQ stopper resistor to
reduce the op amp's sensitivity to RF
breakthrough.
ICla is configured as a non-inverting amplifier with a gain of 3.2. Its
high frequency response is rolled off
above 72kHz by the lOOpF feedback
capacitor between pins 1 & 2, while
the low frequency response is rolled
off below 7Hz by the lOkQ resistor
and its series 2.2µF capacitor.
IClb is used to amplify the channel
2 signal and works in exactly the same
fashion as ICla. The outputs from
these two op amps (at pins 1 & 7) are
then mixed via two lOkQ resistors
and applied to pin 12 of ICld via
master level control VR3. ICld also
functions as a non-inverting amplifier with a gain of 3.2, while VR3 sets
the overall signal level at the output.
Power supply
Power for the circuit is supplied
· from a 9V battery, with IClc used to
Fig.1: the circuit uses
IC1a & IC1b to amplify
the input signals which
are fed in via VR1 &
VR2. The amplified
signals are then mixed
via 10kQ resistors &
applied to op amp IC1d
via level control VR3.
IC1c is used to derive
±4.5V supply rails
from the 9V battery.
10
14
+
100pF
~
· 1&VW
~
47kI
22k
OUTPUT
-f
22k
10k
10k
2.2 +
18VW+
2.2 +
25VW+
POWER
S1
~~-----------~+LSV
100pF
22k
J_
,---....---....
T
9V:
..&..
10 +
10k
18VW
2.2 +
18VW+
-----------------u-4.SV
AUDIO MIXER FOR CAMCORDERS
derive ±4.5V supply rails. This op amp acts as a buffer
stage, with its inputs and output biased to half the 9V
supply from the battery. Its output (pin 8) can sink and
source up to 20mA of current and this becomes the circuit
ground rail.
By using this arrangement, the positive terminal of the
battery becomes the +4.5V rail, while its negative terminal
becomes the -4.5V rail. All circuit connections to ground
are connected to the output of IClc. This configuration is
necessary to prevent clipping of the negative-going portions of the audio input signals.
The circuit consumes about 4mA, which means that a
9V battery should last for approximately 100 hours.
CHANNEL 1
INPUT
CHANNEL 2
INPUT
OUTPUT
,!' ,,J .t
Construction
Most of the parts are installed on a small PC board coded
01112921 (103 x 52mm). Fig.2 shows the assembly details.
Begin the board assembly by installing the resistors, then
fit the capacitors and the IC. Either 5% or 1% resistors can
be used here and it's a good idea to check each one using
your DMM before mounting it on the board. The resistor
colour codes are also shown in the accompanying table to
prevent confusion.
Most of the capacitors used in this circuit are electrolytic
types, so pay special attention to their polarity. Take care
also when installing the IC; pin 1 of this device is adjacent
to a notch in one end of the plastic body. If you do install
the IC the wrong way around, it will self-destruct as soon
as power is applied.
The board assembly can now be completed by mounting
Fig.2: install the wire link under IC1 before installing
any of the other parts on the PC board. The wiring to
the pots & RCA sockets can be run using rainbow cable.
MARCH
1993
51
PARTS LIST
1 PC board, code 01112921, 102
x54mm
1 PC-mount battery holder (to
suit 9V battery)
3 RCA panel mount sockets
3 knobs to suit
1 plastic zippy case, 130 x 68 x
41mm
4 rubber feet
1 SPST toggle switch
3 10kn log potentiometers
(VR1-VR3)
Semiconductors
1 TL064 quad op amp IC
Capacitors
4 10µF 16VW electrolytics
5 2.2µF 16VW electrolytics
2 100pF ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
3 47kQ
5 10kQ
3 22kn
2 1kn
Miscellaneous
Hookup wire, solder, screws,
nuts & washers.
The PC board is secured to the bottom of the case using machine screws & nuts,
with additional nuts used as spacers. Take care to ensure that the CHANNEL 2 &
OUTPUT RCA sockets are spaced far enough apart to clear the battery.
o·
0
0
0
0
0
Fig.3: this is the full-size etching pattern for the PC board. Check your board
carefully for defects before installing any of the parts.
the battery holder. This part is secured to the PC board using three
screws and nuts. Don't forget to solder its positive and negative terminals to thei:· respective pads on the
board.
The PC board can now be used as a
template for marking out its mounting holes on the bottom of the case.
Drill these holes to 3mm, then fit the
adhesive label to the front panel (case
lid) and drill holes for the on/off
switch and the level controls. In each
case, it's best to first drill a 3mm pilot
hole and then carefully enlarge the
hole using a tapered reamer until the
part is an exact fit.
The three RCA sockets are mounted
along one side of the case. These sockets should be positioned roughly inline with their corresponding front
RESISTOR COLOUR CODES
0
0
0
0
0
52
No.
Value
4-Band Code (1 %)
5-Band Code (1%)
3
3
5
2
47kQ
22kn
10kQ
1kQ
yellow violet orange brown
red red orange brown
brown black orange brown
brown black red brown
yellow violet black red brown
red red black red brown
brown black black red brown
brown black black brown brown
SILICON CHIP
panel controls but make sure that
they don't foul the battery when
the PC board is later mounted in
CAMCORDER
~
position (the battery should fit
AUDIO MIXER
snugly between two of these sockets). Mount all items of hardware
in position when the holes have
OFF
been drilled.
Standard rainbow cable is used
for the wiring between the PC
board and the front panel conON
trols. Complete this wiring as
MIN MAX
MIN MAX
MIN MAX
shown in Fig. 2, then fit three
short lengths of 2-way rainbow
POWER CHANNEL1 CHANNEL2
MASTER
cable to the board for the RCA
socket wiring (ie, to points 1-6) .
This done, the PC board can be
Fig.4: this full-size layout can be used as a drilling template for the front panel.
secured inside the case using
Drill small pilot holes first, then enlarge the holes to size using a tapered reamer.
machine screws and nuts, with
additional nuts used as spacers.
The wiring can now be completed amplifier. This done, connect a 9V put stage (either IC1a or IC1b).
by making the connections to the three battery to the circuit and switch on.
Similarly, if there's no output, careRCA sockets. Check all wiring care- You can now determine whether or fully check the circuit around IC1d
fully when the job is finished to make not the unit is working correctly by and check the supply rails. In particusure that there are no mistakes.
varying the three level controls.
lar, check the underside of the board
If one channel doesn't work, first
for missed solder joints and possible
Final check-out
make sure that an audio signal is be- shorts between the IC pins.
To test the unit, feed some audio
ing fed in (you can do this be swapThat's it - you can now easily add
signals from a couple of sources into ping the two inputs). If there is signal music or voice commentary to your
the two inputs and connect the out- coming in, the next step is to check home movies after they have been
SC
put to an auxiliary input on your stereo the circuitry around the relevant in- recorded.
:::flll!I!#-
~
lf!!!!3'
QQQ
0
IAN J. TRUSCOTT'S ELECTRONIC WORLD
30 Lacey Street, Croydon, 3136. Phone (03) 723 3344; Fax: (03) 725 9443.
Now also at: 200 Smith Street, Collingwood. Phone (03) 419 8208
Mail & Credit Card Orders Welcome
We now have a range of 5,6,8,9 & 1O pin
Ask about our range of E.A.O. precision
push button switches, motor start
resistor networks and a comprehensive
range of micro's and eproms at ridiculous
capacitors and Beckman Industrial
prices .. Quote this ad and receive another multimeters.
5% discount.
MARCH SPECIAL:
27C020-15 2 meg eprom 150ns....
6
ea.
27C010-15 1 meg eprom 150ns.......
8.
2.
ea.
SAB8031 P Romless Micro........
ea.
$2.
ea.
, 62256-LP S-Ram ..................... $9.
ea.
$2.
ea.
MAB8049H Romless Micro .......
41256 D-Rani ..... ........ ... .. ...............
BECKMAN DM15XL Multimeter
$119
.00ea.
99.00 ea.
6 volt 1 watt Solar Panels
3mw Laser Tube & inverter
Infra Red Night Viewing Monocular (kit)
•
COMPONENT PHONE ORDER HOTLINE (03) 723 3344
I
MARCH
1993
53
e
.ALTR..C>~IC
COMPONENTS
~
J l.,,i,
e
AUSTRALIA
WIDE
L.u'\.-J-.n vvv
ALTRONICS 24 HOUR EXPRESS DELIVERY
'Our customers are often amazed at the speed and efficiency of our Jetservice
Courier delivery. Phone your order Toll Free 008 999 007 and presto we can
deliver your order next working day (country areas 24-48 hours later). Our
famous 14 day satisfaction money back guarantee protects your hard
earned $$$' s should ever a purchase be unsuitable for your needs. I invite
you to try Australia's best electronics phone order service soon.'
Regards, Jack O'Donnell
Playmaster 'Pro Series One' High Power
Mosfet Amplifier Kit
Fluorescent Light
Inverter Kits
(EA Dec '89-Jan '90) This d esign has been carefully
d eveloped to produce a high definition audio output with reliability, ease of construction and low
cost. Kit comes complete with all components,
toroidal transformers and case. The diecast front
panel doubles as the heatsink. The chassis is supplied in kit form and assembles in minutes.
Features: • Individual toroidal transformers for
(SC Feb '91)
This kit enables
you to build a
high power DC
Video to TV
Transmitter Kit
inverter suitable
for driving fluo-
each channe l for low residual hum • Individual
power su pply components for each channel • Diecast front panel doubles as the main
rescent lights
from a 12V source typically a car battery.
Ideal for use in camping or boating as fluorescent light offers 2 big advantages over
heatsink • Straight forward construction • Mosfet technology for ultra-high performance •
normal incandescent lights. Namely more
Overload indicator indicates when distortion is above 0.05% • Performance: Power
even 360' light spread and low current
K5070 $599·00
Studio 200 Stereo Control Unit Kit
(SC June-July '88) Housed in slim 1 unit rack case. Inputs include phono, CD, tuner, VCR,
two auxiliary and tape loop. Virtually all components mount on PCB's, making assembly
and constru ction a breeze. Altronics kit includ es fully professionally punched and printed
panels.
Features: • Extremely low noise on
drain. Two kit versions to choose from -
16W and 20 to 40W.
This kit enables you to transmit TV signals
from the UHF output of your TV on your
VCR to a second TV set in the house, The
kit is complete with box and has a range of
about 20 metres. Requires 12 Volts DC.
(pictured without case-included).
K 5860 Normally $74·
95
$35· 95
95
K 6360 20-40W Version $43·
1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 Beat Triggered Strobe
4-Digit Capacitance
(AEM July '85) Designed
•t
by Australian Electronics
Meter Kl
Monthly. Flashes in time
K 6350 16W Version
phono and line level inputs • Very
low harmonic and inter-modulation
to your music. Will also
work as normal strobe.
distortion • Separate headphone
amp for clarity and definition • Tone defeat switch • Tone and balance controls with centre
Exclusively customised
detent
K 5015
$229·00
by Altronics into our
H 0480 Instrument Case,
Ideally Suited to Above K 5070 Amp!
2 Sector Alarm
System
(EA March-April '89)
Features:
• Includes 12V 1.2
Amp hour inbuilt
sealed lead-acid backup battery • Easy to
build as it all assembles on a single PCB •
Two sectors - delayed
and instant inputs •
2 Way Active
Crossover Kit
(EA Jan 92)
This great
new kit
enables you
to customise your
sound system in your car or at home. The c ircuit simply connects between the audio
source and the amplifiers. The re are two ou tputs one for bass and another provides signal
making construction a breeze and improv-
(SC May '90) This attractive 4-digit capacitance meter is designed for the workshop or
laboratory. It can measure capacitance from
lpF up to 9999µF in seven ranges w ith an
· accuracy of better than + / -1 %. An overrange LED flashes w henever the capacitance
Designed to rid your nicad batteries of the
ca ted to a frequency range (Le. one for bass,
fu ll recharge potential. It
discharges your nicads
correctly to enable a full
e tc • Key switch operation • Operates on
and - 15V rails. The result is much better
virtually any type of sensor • Can be easily
customised to accept Digital Keypads (as left
sound with less distortion.
or in Alarm Accessories Section)
00
K 1910
K 5570
$89•
Improve Your Hi-Fi's
Sound Qualitt;!
DiscoLite Chaser & Colour Organ Kit
(SC July-Aug '88) The Discolite flashes party lights
on and off in beat with music from your amplifier.
Features: • 4 light channels controlled by 4 separate audio channels • Forward reverse and autoreversing chaser patterns • Simultaneous strobe on
all four channels • Alternating light patterns •
K 5795 Two Tube Option $16.50
General-Purpose 3.5
1 - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 Digit LCD Panel
Ni-Cad Battery
Meter Kit
Discharger Kit
(SC Sep '92)
memory effect and regain
$19·95
recharge. Suits most bat-
tery packs. Great for
mobile phones, battery
drills, toys etc.
$24·95
Looking for a general-purpose 3.5
digit panel meter
that doesn't cost
the earth? This
unit has switch-
able decimal
points and can be built to read either volt-
ages to 200V DC and current up to 2 amps.
Operates from a 9V DC supply.
$34·95
Multi-Station Headset Intercom Kit
K 1640
K 2528
This multi-station headset intercom is designed to provide
clear communication in high noise environments such as at
race tracks and rock concerts. It is designed to operate with
a headphone and mic combination. Each headset requires a
station module. Stations are simply connected in a daisy-
chain fashion. Up to 12 units (stations) can operate from the
Music modulation available on chaser strobe and
power supply. Fearures low noise circuity and compares
equivalents. Mics can be switched on confumously at one
alternate patterns • Inbuilt microphone or direct inputs for beat triggering or audio modulation of lights • Sensitivity control • Individually pre-settable sensitivity levels for each channel • Front panel LEDs mimic light display • Altronics Kit pre-punched and silk screened
attenuating Aviation Headset.
K5so5$159·50
$79· 95
K2524$119· 95
for the upper range. Thus each amp is dedi-
passive crossover is required in the speaker
one per channel is required. Operates on +
K 5790 Strobe Kit
value is too large for the range selected.
Entry and exit delay •
Panic alarm input • Battery backup • Line
monitoring • Soft pre-alarm • Lamp tell-tale
output • Auxiliary relay for external siren
one for midrange and treble). Because no
ing stability, safety and overall appearance.
Includes silk screened panel. Two tube
option available which boosts lighting output.
time for hands free operation of all stations. Also includes
visual and audio call function. Ideally suited to our C 9055 headset mic and the C 9070 noise
K5250 Station Module $74·95
K5255 Power Supply $64·95
PHONE ORDER - FREECALL 008 999 007
AUSTRALIA
e ~ e
ALTR.C>~IC
WIDE
J 1.;"' ~ A JJ' 1.;vv
COMPONENTS
A-B Switch Box D25- Passive Infra-Red Lite Aide Floodlight
Universal Swivel
95
D25
Control
s 5350 $49·
Wacl<l Bracket
How often have you thought there could be a prowler
outside your door? Install a Lite Aide and (once armed)
any "guest" will be floodlit when detected by this highly
sensitive Infra-Red Detector
wi th D25 female
The Light Aide detects a moving person or vehicle by
sockets. Allows two printers to be run off
one computer and individually selected or
comparing the background temperature with a rapid
allows one printer to be run off two computchange of temperature across the detection beams. So
when Lite Aide detects movement across the coverage area, it will turn on the floodlight(s)
ers and individually selected.
for 10 seconds to 15 minutes as pre-adjusted.
D 1570 Normally $49·95
1--W1-,-y-P_a_y_A_C_o_11_11n_e_r_cz_·a-l-Se_c._11_n_·1:1-y""F-in-,-,A_F_o_rtz-,-,,-,-J:-o_W_ir_e_l:'._0_11r_H_o_11s_e_o_r_O_ffi_·c-e.-Th-is----1
95
This Month Only
Fautastic System Installs In An Hour or Two And Uses No Wires
Two way print-
er-peripheralcomputer switch
$39·
Universal Testlead
Set
This great set includes
just about everything
Costing up to
60% less than
inferior imported
products. This
Australian
designed and
manufactured
bracket has a
multitude of uses. Ideal for mounting speakers, strobe lights, security lights, CCfV cameras etc, in fact the uses are as wide as one's
•
UHF M lCroprOCeSSOr
imagination. The unique design allows up to
500 angle variation either vertically or hori-
Controlled Wireless
Security System
H 8012 Black
~;~~\vhite$
95
39 . per pair
Apart from the flawless operation of the system one of
you would need.
the great features is its application with rented or
Supplied with 2 leads
leased premises - let's face it, money spent on
which are ready to
accept a range of screw-
installing a wired system in your home or office, factory, etc is irrevocably lost when you move on. With this
on fittings.
system you simply take it with you.
Fully self contained on
Screw-on Fittings
Complete system includes:
a single gang switch
Include:• 4 x Croc
Clips • 2 x Fork
Connectors • 2 x Pin
Plugs • 2 x Hand Probes .• 4 x Banana Plugs
1 x Control Panel 1 x Passive Infra Red Detector-Transmitter 1 x Door-Window reed SwitchTransmitter 1 x Hand Held remote Control-Transmitter 1 x Horn Speaker - 10 watt-wired 1 x
240V AC adaptor 1 x l .2Ah Back-up Battery 1 x Set of batteries for all transmitters
oo
S 5240 Complete System Price Only
·
plate. Supplied with
mow,ting block. 5 settings plus off. Complete
·th · · · tru
wi wmng ms c-
Attenuator
This stereo volume control is rated at 60 watts.
$679
$6·45
1-------------...;..---------------------1 tions. All connections are via screw terminals
- - - - - - - - - - - Car Alarm Long Distance Pager
mounted on the integral PCB.
Compatible with virtually all alarm systems on the market,
Universal
this device simply connects to the output of your alarm. lf
Stereo Extension
it sounds it automatically transmits a signal to the pocket
Remote
pager which alerts you that your car is being tampered
Ceiling
Speaker Kit
with. It has a range of over 1 km in ideal conditions . Gives
Control
extra peace of mind when your away from your car.
p 0413
Ideally sults Altronics alarms S 5220 and S 5230.
This Universal Remote
Control makes all other
Features: • Compatible with most alarms • Complete with
transmitter and receiver (pocket pager) • Easy to install • 1000 security codes
00
remotes superfluous.
Designed to combine all
s 5233 $174·
infra red remote controls into one handy
unit. No more search-
High-Tech Remote Car Alarm
ing through piles of
This amazing model features just about everything you could imagine! Multi-function
keyring remote control will arm and disarm alarm (and activate central locking if fitted),
chirp the horn, tum on the car headlights, panic and even open the boot (if actuator fitted).
remotes.
-----------------1
One remote can control two alarms (in two cars).
Other features include starter inhibit, valet mode,
you can monitor any
central locking interface, flashes car indicators
when tripped, auto reset, user programmable
options plus much more.
door in your house. This
S 5230 Normally $249· 00
With this simple device
two piece alarm consists
of a control box and a
magnet. The magnet simply onto the door frame
while the control box is
mounted on the door, s
This Month Only
m your
the system. The performance of these drivers
is quite amazing.
·
Kit Contents:
• 2 x Redford C 0626 Drivers • 2 x Redford
C 0810 Grilles • 1 x Redford A 2300 60 Watt
stereo volume controller
• 2 x 20M rolls speaker wire • Mounting
$229·95
Satellite Siren
Connects easily into most car or house alarm systems.
This self contained compact unit delivers a massive
120dB of deafening sound pressure once activated. It
connects simply via 3 wires to any alarm system (car or
house) that has an output that is normally negative (or
low). When the alarm system is activated and the out-
that they are opposite
when the door is closed
Easy to use on/ off
switch. Built-in beeping
when tripped. Requires
S 5315 NORMALLY$
This Month Only
omp ete syste
home. REDFORD wide range C 0626100mm
(4") 15 Watt drivers comprise of the heart of
Motorola
KSN1151A/1142A
put goes positive (or high) the siren will sound. The
siren will also operate if the wires to it are cut. Hence it adds extra security to your system
$7
if someone tampers with it to disable it. Simply armed and disarmed via inbullt key switch.
5235 Normally $69 95
S
Oxygen
Free Cable
This Month Only
$59·95
13.SVlA UPS
We have a limited supply of OFC cables in
Designed for
critical appli-
two varieties.
Both 2 RCA to 2 RCA
with earth leads.
cations
where it is
important
P 0446 900mm in length, Normally $1 fr 00
remain operational during mains failure,
This Month Only
that products
this UPS (Uninterruptible Power Supply)
will supply 12V at 1.2 Amps via its internal
$10
inbuilt sealed lead acid battery even when
P 0448 1.8m in length Normally $19
This Month Only
$14
50
the mains has failed. Ideal for use with
alarm systems etc.
95
M 9090
$69·
6.5" Carbon Fibre
Woofer
►·Mid/A
A lightweight cone helps to produce a more
Dimensions:.....
Frequency Response:
SPL: ...... .
Rated Power Input:
$90·00
Fans
accurate reproduction of the signal. These
drivers also use a kapton voice coil which
disappears heat faster than conventional
C 6155
speakers.
Rated Power .. ..30W RMS
Impedance ........ 8 ohm
RES Frequency .65Hz
Sensitivity ......97dB/W (0.5m)
:aJj~o;n:er~:~~r:;=~~~1-
C 3034 NORMALLY $82 55
95
This Month Only$59·
Fantastic computer type
ing of power supplies,
~O;oe1~ov 80mm' $25'°
F 1030 240V 120mm' $25·40
F 1040 24V DC 120mm' $23·"
F 1050 12V DC 80mm' $17· 50
PHONE ORDER - FREECALL 008 999 007
e
A. L TR. C> N"I C
COMPONENTS
Portable Gas
Soldering Iron Kit
~
J l.--i-
Audio & Video Head Stereo Headphones
Cleaners
with Dynamic Mic
dynamic mic
gas. Includes: • Hot Blower Tip • Hot Knife
A 9200 Audio Cassette
$3 .95
Sorry - Not A vailable from ALTRONIC Dealers
at these Prices!
T 2470 N ormally $79· 95
This Month Only
$64·95
C 9055
Hole Punch Set
$49·
Blank Rack Panels
Cuts holes in
metal up to
1.6mm (16
gauge). Set of
Soldering Iron
5 punches
• 370' C. •
and tapered
ciency
the earpho nes
anda3.5mm
plug for the
microphon e. Great for hands free dictati';:m,
intercom s etc.
95
$12·50
A 9310 VHS Video
ital multimeters
reamer.
must go at these crazy prices. Stock is limit-
circuit loading,
Punch sizes, 16mm, 18mm, 20mm, 25mm
ed with definitely no backorders. at these
high accuracy etc.
and 30mm.
T 2360 NORMALLY
crazy prices .
$
$97-
00
2 Unit-All
w ithout the mis-
S8·00
3 Unit-ALL S12·95
69·
Assorted Battery Bargain
$2
$3
teel construction .
2710 Flat Nose Pliers
Centre zero pointer setting allows+ and readings. This
meter has the
advantage of dig'ie. insignificant
00
chrome plated , long life interchangeable
This Month Only
H 0422 Nat Alum
H o423 Nat Alum
tips. Tip life expectancy is many times that 1 - - - - - - - - - -- - ----~-H_04_3_2_G_r_e_ _ _ _ _H_o4_3_3_G_r_e ~----1
of conventional plated tips. Supplied with T
2424 Tip. Energy authority approved.
T
7 .95
Be quick for this amazing battery special. All discontinued stock must go. Three types
2420
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 available - standard zinc chloCat No. Size & Type
Pack
Was NOW
S 4920
AA Zinc Chloride
Pk4
$2.50 $2.00
AAA Zinc Chloride
Pk4
$2.50 $2.00
9V Zinc Chlorid e Pk2
Pk2
$2.50 $2.00
AA Mercury Free
Pk4
$1.80 $1.50
AAA Mercury Free
Pk4
$1.55 $1.40
C Mercury Free
Pk2
$1.60 $1.45
D Mercury Free
Pk2
$2.10 $1.90
9V Mercu ry Free
Pk2
$1.25 $1.15
.00
C Alkaline
Pk2
$4.95 $4.50
This Month Only
D Alkaline
Pk2
$5.95 $5.45
must for all tool boxe
ize features s pring retu
Electronic FET
Multimeter
Top quality blank panel clearout. All stock
patented heating element • Iron clad,
Palm-Grip
Series Hand
Tools
voltage, switch
selectable adaptor
enables you to run
a fantastic array of
cigarette lighter socket. Comes complete
w ith 2m lead and universal star adaptor to
suit most appliances.
Output Voltages: 3, 4.5, 6, 7.5, 9, 12V
Output Current: 800mA
Includes 3.5mm
stereo plug for
or audio cassette player w ith inferior units.
This handy multi-
DC operated devices. Simply plugs into the
combination.
they are gentle on
your heads. Why risk
damaging your vid eo
Tip • Polyfoam Cutter Tip • Burner Tip
A US TRALIA
WIDE
Car Adaptor DC-DC
Simply brilliant
Mylar stereo
headsets and
Our exciting range of
head cleaners are the
best we've seen and
more importantly
refill lasts up
to60 minutes. Uses standard cigarette lighter butane
e
~AJ-n l.--vv
leading a nd erroneou s readings
that DVM's are
famous for.
Includes AC and DC volts, resistance, AC
and DC current (up to 12 amps), testleads
etc etc.
Q 1050 Normally $99.50
This Month Only
$89·00
Switches
SPST chassis mount. With
built in 240V AC Neon light.
S321s,95 ~ea
.
Super Large Instrument Cases
ocks
st the shot for wire ter. ation to PCB for yo
test project. Enables ea
Designed to house amplifiers, inverters, power
supplies micro-processor equipment etc. Builtin mounting posts for PCB's, transformers etc.
ion) of wire and cables t
PCB. 45' type. A vailabl
2 and 3 way configura
Ventilated for efficient air-flow cooling. Extra
tou gh, Super finish front and rear panels. 3
colours available.
Pictured battery for size
ions .
comparison o_nly .
onnection (and disconn
2042 2 Way WAS .60<!, N
w w
.
H 0490 Case
$29·95
HEAVY HEAVY SERVICE.All orders of lOkgs or more must travel Express Road~ Please
allow 7 days for delivery. $12.00 to !Okgs. $15.00 over l0kgs.
INSURANCE.As with virtually every other Australian supplier, we send goods at con$3.50 to 500gms, $5.50 500gms -1 kg, $8 signee's risk. Should you require comprehensive insurance cover against loss or damage
lkg-5kg AUSTRALIA WIDE-We process your order the day received and despatch via. please add $1.00 per $100 of order value (minimum charge $1). When p hone ordering please
Australia Post. Allow approx 9 days from day you post order to when you receive goods.
request "Insurance".
OVERNIGIIT JETSERVICE Up to 3kg is $10.00, 3kg to 5kg is $23.00--We try to process TOLL FREE PHONE ORDER-Bankcard, Visa, Mastercard Holders can phone order toll free
your order the day received and despatch via. Overnight Jetservice Courier for delivery up to 4pm Eastern Standard Time . Remember with o ur Overnight Jetsezvice we deliver next
next day Country areas please allow additional 24-48 hours.
day.
ALTRONICS RESELLERS Chances are there is an Altronic Reseller right near you--<:heck this list or phone us fo r details of the nearest dealer. Blue Ribbon Dealers are highlighted
with a • These d ealers generally carry a comprehensive range of Altronic products and kits or w ill order any required item for you .
WA - C OUNTRY
BP Electronics e
..... (098) 412681
Micro Electronics
.... (098) 412077
BUNBURY
Micro Electronics.
.. .... (097) 216222
ESPERANCE
Esperance Comm................... (090) 713344
MANDURAH
Lance Rock Retravision ....... (09) 535 1246
PORT HEDLAND Ivan Tomek Electronics ........ (091) 732531
ROCKINGHAM TV Joe's
..................... (09) 5271 806
ALBANY
~
E SPRINGS Farmer Electronics ............... (089) 522388
DARWIN
Ventronics
........... (089) 853 622
VIC - C ITY
All Electronic Comp ........ .. .... (03) 6623506
TECS...... ...................
.. .... (03) 6706474
BORONIA
Ray Cross Electronics • ....... (03) 7622422
CHELTENHAM Talking Electronics ................ (03) 5842386
COLLINGWOOD Truscott Electronics • .......... (03) 4198208
Truscott Electronics • .......... (03) 7233860
CROYDON
FOOTSCRAY
1
PRESTON
C OUNTRY
~;:;t~~ rr.~~ci~;.:::: : : J~~i m~~~f
BAIRNSDALE
LH & LM Crawford ..... ......... (051 ) 525677
BALLARAT
Ballarat Electronics..
.. .......(053) 311947
MILDURA
Pullman Auto...........
.. ....... (050) 232882
SHEPPARTON
Andrew Guyatt Elect. .......(058) 219497
WARRNAMBOOL Koroit Electronics .. .. ....... .. (055) 627 417
ENFIELD
Aztronics • .................... .. ..... .(08) 3496340
COUNTRY
WHYALLA
Eyre Electronics .................... (086) 454764
T A S
QLD - CITY
HOBART
George Harvey e ................. (002) 342233
Delsound PL .......................... (07) 8396155 LAUNCESTON
George Harvey e .................. (003) 316533
WEST END
B.A.S. Audiotronics..
...(07) 8447566 NSW _ C ITY
8082777
~~~y David Hall Elect. e
...(07)
A-One Electronics .................. (02) 2674819
GLADSTONE
Gladstone Elect. Services ...... (079) 724459
David Reid Elect. e ...............(02) 2671385
.
Electronic Enterprises
.... (079) 726660 SMITHFIELD
Chantronics ....................... .... .(02) 6097218
MAROOCHYDORE Mals Electronics e .. .. ........ (074) 436119 COUNTRY
TOWNSVILLE
Super Solex e...........
.. ..... (077) 724466 COFFS HARBOURCoffs Habour Elect. ................ (066) 525684
S A - C ITY
NEWCASTLE
Novocastrian Elect.Supplies .(049) 621358
Force Electronics • ................ (08) 2125505 WARNERS BAY Vilec Distributors .......... .........(049) 566792
BRIGHTON
Force Electronics e ................ (08) 3770512
M & E Elect. and Comm.
.(045) 775935
CHRISTIES BEACH Force Electronics e ................ (08) 3823366 WINDSOR
FINDON
Force Electronics•
...... (08) 3471188 WOLLONGONG Newtek Electronics e ........... (042) 271620
Vimeom Electronics .............. (042) 284400
HOLDEN HILL
Force Electronics e ................ (08) 2617088
LONSDALE
Force Electronics e ............... (08) 3260901 WOY WOY
Alphatran Electronics .......... (043) 434919
PHONE ORDER - FREECALL 008 999 007
,;,
=
~
:;,
-...."-~'ii
~::.m::~"-~~
0
•
13.79• '
Test yourself on the
Reaction Trainer
Improve your skill at your favourite sport by
practising on this Reaction Trainer. It can be
used to improve eye-to-hand response &
coordination, or it can be used as a fun toy at
parties or at school.
By JOHN CLARKE
The Reaction Trainer is our version
of a device shown recently on the TV
show "Beyond 2000". It was touted as
one of a number of electronic training
aids for testing and improving eyeto-hand response for sportsmen and
women.
Our version consists of 10 LEDs
plus 10 pairs of associated touch plates
scattered over a large board, together
with a 4-digit counter which indicates time up to 99.99 seconds. Touching the START plates resets the counter and then a LED lights at random.
The counter starts counting from the
time the LED lights to when the plates
associated with that LED are touched.
The counter then stops until another
LED lights at random. The player continues to respond to illuminated LEDs
until the FINISH LED lights and the
game is over.
Since the LEDs light at random ,
there is no way of anticipating which
LED will come on next and so the
game is unpredictable, even for those
who have become familiar with it. An
extra level of unpredictability has also
been added in that the next LED in
the sequence does not necessarily illuminate immediately after the previous LED has extinguished. This keeps
the player searching for a LED on the
board until it lights. Of course, the
reaction time counter does not increment until a LED is lit.
The score on the counter indicates
the total time taken to respond to all
the illuminated LEDs. The total number of LEDs to be illuminated is set by
MARCH
1993
57
a DIP switch; you can select an 8, 16,
32 or 64 LED sequence.
I
Circuit details
The circuit comprises a 1-in-10 LED
driver, a random sequence generator,
a test length counter and a reaction
time counter - see Fig. i.
ICl is a decade counter and 1-of-10
decoder. It is clocked by IC2b, a Schmitt trigger oscillator connected to run
at 10kHz. Provided the CE input (pin
13) of ICl is low, it is clocked and
each of its 10 outputs goes high for
0. lms every lms.
The 10 outputs ofICl drive transistars Ql-QlO via lOkQ base resistors.
These transistors in turn drive their
respective LEDs (LED 1 - LED 10).
However, even though ICl may be
counting rapidly and driving the transistor bases, none of the LEDs is allowed to turn on until transistor Ql 1
switches on. This transistor remains
off while ICl is counting and turns on
only when ICl stops.
ICl is stopped at random to make
one of the LEDs come on by pulling
pin 13 high. This pin is driven by pin
1 of flipflop IC5b. This flipflop also
controls Ql 1 so its operation is central to the whole circuit. We will come
back to IC5b later.
,,
\"w\'\
~
0
0
;
H•·
~
a.
0
"'
"'
~
...
<
0
I•
"'
~
...
<
C>
"'
0
~
...
<
"'0
"'
"'
~
...
<
I•
.... "'
~
...
I•
<
~
~
...
<
Touch plates
Each LED has a pair of touch plates
associated with it. One touch plate
connects to the collector of the driving transistor (Ql-Ql0) while the other
touch plate of the pair is commoned
with all the other touch plate pairs
and connected to the pin 1 input of
Schmitt NAND gate IC2c. A 2.2MQ
resistor normally holds this input high
and so the output at pin 3 is normally
low.
If you place your fingers across a
set of touch plates associated with a
lit LED, your (relatively) low skin resistance and the conducting transistor cause pin 1 of IC2c to be pulled
I
0
I•
.,, "'
0
~
"'
...
<
0
I•
"'
"'
~
I·
<
<
I•
<
...
~
:::
I•
~
Fig.1: the circuit uses 1-of-10 decoder
ICl to drive 10 LEDS & 10 touch
plates via Qi-QlO. These LEDS come
on at random, as controlled by a
pseudo random sequence generator
based on IC3, IC4a & IC4b. IC7 & IC8
record the elapsed time for a complete
game & display this on 7-segment LED
readouts.
58
SILI CON CHIP
-0~
..,
.,.,
w
0
0
::!'.
~"'
"'°'
Q~
a:
g"'
0
.......
~
0
H•·
0
0
~
~
I•
i:0
1:,1
co
w
....
co
::i:
:i:,
(")
s::
>
0.1
7
7
+5V
r
5V
8
IC3
4015
7
DA
RB
7
6
B
03B
11
8
IC4a
4030
7
15
DB
VIEWED FROM
BELOW
EOc
RANDOM
PULSE
GENERATOR
14
+5V
10
O4A
1
CKB
9
CKA
RA
11
TEST
LENGTH
COUNTER
7
8 5
4
64
10
IC6
3
CK 4040 16
2
32
R
16
2
I GO
~
11
7
7
~K
12
3
+5V
01
1N4148
7
+5V
7
1
7
1
IC7
7555
8
.047+
REACTION TRAINER
4
+5V
12
5
6
18
13
CK
LE
OS
R
9
IC8
74C926
7
DISP1
4xHDSP5303
15
17
g
f
4
2
•3
d 1
C
16
b
a
D 11
C 10
B 6
9-12V
INPUT
013
BC336
7
3,6
7x68D
02-D5
4x1N4004
B
014
BC338
3,8
5
DP
B
015
BC338
+5V
68D
DI_SP2
DISP3
7
3,8
~
f1:-,b
7
7
•
100 5x0.1
16VWi
3,8
d
6
c 4
7
I
'
b
·/=I!:
I
g 10
•
DISP4
I OUT '
B
016
BC338
I_I
1=1 ,_,.
1=1 ,_,.
,_,.
9
START
+5V
+5V
RESISTOR COLOUR CODE
o
No.
Value
4-Band Code {1%)
5-Band Code {1%)
0
1
0
1
2.2MO
1MO
150k0
100k0
47k0
210k0
1800
680
red red green brown
brown black green brown
brown green yellow brown
brown black·yellow brown
yellow violet orange brown
brown black orange brown
brown grey brown brown
blue grey black brown
red red black yellow brown
brown black black yellow brown
brown green black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
yellow violet black red brown
brown black black red brown
brown grey black black brown
blue grey black gold brown
0
1
0
2
0
'
0
0
2
0
8
Below: take care to ensure that the
decimal points on the 7-segment LED
displays are oriented towards bottom
right when installing the displays in
their sockets. A small heatsink is
sandwiched between the 3-terminal
regulator & the PC board for cooling.
low. IC2c drives the reset pin of IC5b.
Hence, when IC5b 's Q output goes
high, it stops IC1 and allows a LED to
light.
When you touch the appropriate
pair of touch plates, IC2c then resets
IC5b which allows IC1 to start counting again and so no LEDs are alight.
At least, no LEDs are alight until IC5b
is toggled and changes state again.
IC5b is toggled by flipflop IC5a and
the associated "pseudo random sequence generator" which we will now
discuss.
Random sequence generator
The pseudo random sequence generator consists of a clock (IC2a), a
shift register (IC3) and two XOR gates
(IC4a & IC4b). IC2a is a Schmitt trigger
oscillator with its frequency set by
trimpot VR1. The oscillator output at
pin 10 clocks the two inputs of shift
register IC3.
IC3 is wired as a single 8-bit shift
register by connecting the fourth output (Q4A) of the first stage to the Data
input (DB) of the second stage. The
Data input of the first stage (DA) connects to the output of XOR gate IC4b.
XOR (exclusive OR) gates only have
a high output when the two inputs
are different. In other words, the output is low when both inputs are high
or both inputs are low. It is high otherwise.
IC4a acts as an inverter for pin 11
of IC3, so the only XOR gate we are
really concerned with is IC4b. This
produces a low output to DA (pin 7 of
IC3) whenever pin 6 ofIC4b and Q4B
(pin 2) ofIC3 are different. The result
is a series of low and high outputs at
Q4B with a sequence that continually
varies between the limits of one high
output per eight clock pulses to seven
high outputs per eight clock pulses.
This is called a "pseudo random sequence".
The output of IC3 is fed to IC5a, a
D-flipflop which divides the Q4B output by two. Its output at pin 13 is in
turn fed to flipflop IC5b which has its
60
SILICON CHIP
Fig.2: install the parts on
the PC board & complete
the external wiring as
shown here. Take care to
ensure that the correct
part is used at each
location & don't forget the
four wire links that run
beneath the 7-segment
LED displays. Note
particularly that Qt 1 is a
BC328, while Qt-QlO are
all BC338s.
1
0
2
LE02
LEOS
LE04
LEOS
LEOS
LE07
LEOS
LE09
LED10
START
TOUCH PLATES
0
- - - - - - - - , ----
SHIELDED CABLE TO
TOUCH PLATES 2-10
(DAISY CHAIN CONNECTION)
data input (pin 5) tied to the positive
supply rail. On the first positive clock
input, its Q output at pin 1 goes high
and the Q-bar output at pin 2 goes
low.
As noted previously, the Q output
of IC5b connects to the clock enable
(CE, pin 13) of ICl and prevents it
from clocking when it is high. At the
same time, the Q-bar output is low
POWER
SOCKET
and this turns on transistor Ql 1 so
that one LED is lit.
As soon as IC5b is reset by ICZc, ICl
begins to count again and it continues
to do so until IC5b is again clocked by
MARCH
1993
61
(REG1). The 5V output from the regulator is decoupled with a lO0µF capacitor.
Construction
This rear panel view shows how the commoned touch plates terminals are
daisychained together using shielded cable. The LED anodes are daisychained
in similar fashion using hook-up wire & connected back to the PC board . .
IC5a. Normally, IC1 has time to run
through all its outputs several times
before it is stopped again by IC5b.
Test length counter
IC6 is the test length counter. This
counts the number of times the clock
enable (CE) pin of IC1 goes low and
this controls the number of times a
random LED is displayed. The 8, 16,
32 & 64 outputs ofIC6 are selected by
DIP switch DIP1. When the selected
output goes high, it resets IC5a, thus
preventing further clocking of IC5b.
At the same time, the high output
drives transistor Q12 which drives
the FINISH indicator (LED 11).
This leaves the circuit with the Q
output of IC5b low and Q-bar high.
IC1 is thus stopped, transistor Ql 1 is
off and no LEDs are lit. This state will
remain until IC6 is reset by pressing
the START touch plates. These control Schmitt NAND gate IC2d which is
connected as an inverter.
A 1MQ resistor normally holds the
pin 13 input of IC2d high. When the
start plates are touched, pin 13 is
pulled low and IC2d's output goes
high. This resets IC6 and so the selected output goes low to release the
reset on IC5a. Diode Dl now holds the
reset on IC5b high so that the LEDs
are kept off until the START touch
plates are released and flipflop IC5b
is clocked by IC5a.
The reaction time counter consists
62
SILICON CHIP
of IC7, IC8 and four 7-segment LED
displays. IC7 is a CMOS 555 counter
which is set up to produce a 100Hz
signal from its pin 3 output, provided
the reset input at pin 4 is high. When
pin 4 is low, no oscillation occurs.
As well as all its other functions,
IC5b controls the reset pin of IC7. So
when pin 1 of IC5b is high, IC1 will
have a LED lit and IC7 will oscillate to
clock IC8.
IC8 is a 4-digit counter and display
driver. The 7-segment LED displays
show time in seconds; eg, 23.45 seconds. And guess what! When the game
is to be started again, IC8 is reset by
IC5b, via diode DL So IC5b is the hub
of all the circuit operations.
Let's recap on the circuit operation.
IC1 is clocked by IC2b but it can't
count while its CE pin is high and nor
can any LED be displayed until Ql 1
turns on. Both are controlled by IC5b
which in turn is clocked by IC5a and
the pseudo random sequence generator. This ensures that the LEDs turn
on randomly for 8, 16, 32 or 64 times,
depending on the setting of switch
DIP1. IC7 and IC8 record the duration
of the game and everything starts anew
when the START touch plates are
touched.
Power for the circuit is derived from
a 9-12V AC or DC plugpack. Its output
voltage is rectified by diodes D2-D5,
filtered by a lO00µF capacitor and
applied to the input of a 5V regulator
Most of the circuitry for the Reaction Trainer is mounted on a PC board
measuring 143 x 194mm (code
08312921) - see Fig.2. We mounted
the PC board and the remaining components on a sheet of white Perspex
measuring 670 x 450 x 2.5mm. This
Perspex sheet was supported on a timber frame made from 25 x 25mm Ogee
moulding.
The touch plates were made from
self-adhesive aluminium strips (the
kind used to make front-panel labels),
but you could also use suitable pieces
of thin aluminium sheet and affix
them using contact adhesive. A cutout was made in the top right-hand
corner of the white Perspex sheet to
allow the LED displays to be seen and
this was fitted with a red Perspex
viewing window.
Naturally, you can make the game
board as large or as small as you wish,
depending on the size of the Perspex
offcut you can obtain from your local
plastics retail outlet. Nor do you have
to use Perspex. You could use a sheet
of plywood, Laminex or virtually any
insulating material.
Begin construction by checking the
PC board for shorted and open circuit
tracks. Shorted tracks can be corrected
by scraping between them with a sharp
hobby knife, while open circuit tracks
can be repaired with a short length a
tinned copper wire and solder.
Once the PC board pattern has been
checked, you can install all the PC
stakes and links. Don't forget to install the links that sit under the dis. plays. This done, install the resistors,
DIP switch, trimpot VR1, the diodes
and ICs, making sure that each is inserted correctly.
The capacitors can be installed next.
Note that the electrolytic capacitors
should be laid flat on the PC board to
provide sufficient clearance between
them and the Perspex panel. The transistors can then be inserted, noting
that Ql 1 is a BC328 while the others
are BC338s.
The regulator is mounted with its
leads bent at rightangles, so that its
metal tab can be bolted to the PC
board. It should be fitted with a small
U-shaped heatsink made from scrap
aluminium - see photo.
PARTS LIST
1
PC board, code 08312921,
143
x 194mm
1 front-panel label, 178 x 237mm
(available from RCS Radio)
1 500mA 9-12V AC or DC .
·plugpack
1 sheet of white Perspex, 670 x
· 450 x 2.5mm
1. piece of red transparent
Perspex, 207 x 67 x 2.5mm
1 15 x 30 x 1.6mm aluminium
panel.for heatsink
1 ~mm screw & nut for heatsink
22solder lugs
10 5mm LED bezels
26 3mm x 10mm screws & nuts
14 countersunk wood screws
4 12mm tapped brass spacers
4·4mm x 6mm screws
1 SPOT toggle switch
1 4-Way DIP switch
1 panel mount DC socket
2 2.5mm screws & nuts to suit
socket
1 1.5-metre length of shielded
cable
1 1-metre length of 10-way
Finally, the displays are mounted
on Molex strips to raise them above
the PC board. First, cut the Molex
strip into 10 5-way lengths, then insert and solder them into the board.
This done , snap off the shorting strip
on the top of the pins before inserting
the displays into the resulting Molex
sockets. LED 11 is inserted so that it is
at the same height above the PC board
as the displays.
Initial testing
For the initial testing, you will need
to temporarily solder each of the LEDs
(1-10) to the PC pins at the bottom of
the PC board. Set the DIP switch for a
sequence of eight and apply power.
Check that the digital displays light
up. If they do not, switch offimmediately and check that all the parts on
the board are correctly located and
oriented.
If all is well, the display should be
counting up and one of the 10 LEDs
(LED 1 - LED 10) should be alight. If
you now momentarily touch the
START PC stakes (A & B) with your
fingers, the display should reset to
00.00, after which it should begin
rainbow cable
1 700mm length of 0.8mm tinned
copper wire
17 PC stakes
J 40-way Molex socket strip (for
mounting !.,ED displays)
1 1Mn miniature horizontal
trimpot (VR1)
(01-010, 012-016)
1 BC328 PNP transistor (011)
1 1N914, 1N4148 diode (D1)
4 1N4004 1A rectifier diodes
(D2-D5)
4 HDSP5303 common cathode
red LED displays
11 5mm red LEDs
Semiconductors
1 4017 decade counter & decoder
(IC1)
1 4093 quad 2-input Schmitt
NANO gate (IC2)
1 4015 dual 4-bit shift register
(IC3)
1 4030, 4070 quad 2-input XOR
gate (IC4)
1 4013 dual D-flipflop (IC5)
1 4040 binary counter (IC6)
1 ICM7555, LMC555 CMOS timer
Capacitors
1 1OOOµF 16VW PC electrolytic
1 1OOµF 16VW PC electrolytic
7 0.1 µF 63VW MKT polyester
1 .047µF 63VW MKT polyester
1 .01 µF 63VW MKT polyester
1 .001 µF 63VW MKT polyester
2 220pF ceramic
(IC7)
1 74C926 4-bit counter & display
driver (IC8)
1 7805 3-terminal 5V regulator
(REG1)
15 BC338 NPN transistors
counting again and another LED
should light. If you now touch PC
stakes C & D, that LED should extinguish, the display should momentarily stop and another (or the same LED)
should light up.
Trim pot VR1 sets the speed at which
the next LED comes on after the previous LED has been extinguished. If
this time is too short, the LEDs will
appear to come on instantaneously
and that removes some of the difficulty from the game.
Note that the outputs of IC1 are not
in sequence. This was done to simplify the PC board layout. Since we
want randomly lit LEDs, the order is
not important.
You should be able to continue your
test until the FINISH LED lights; ie,
after eight LEDs have been lit. Note
that one or more LEDs may light more
than once in a particular sequence.
Completing the assembly
You are now ready to complete the
construction and so we will outline
how we put ours together.
The first step is to cut out the top
right-hand corner of the white Perspex
Resistors (0.5W, 1%)
1 2.2MQ
1 47kQ
1 1MQ
1210kQ
1 150kQ
2 180Q
2 100kQ
8 68Q
Miscellaneous
Contact adhesive, PVA glue,
masking tape
sheet so that the red transparent piece
can be fitted. We assembled the timber frame with PVA glue and affixed
the Perspex to it with contact adhesive. Countersunk screws through the
Perspex and the frame can be used for
added strength and to further support
the red Perspex window.
You will need to drill holes in the
Perspex for the 10 LEDs, the power
switch, the input socket, the four
mounting pillars for the PC board and
the touch plate contact screws. You
will also need a cutout to provide
access to the DIP switch. The positions for two of the pillars for the PC
board, the DIP switch cut-out, the
power switch and socket are shown
on the front panel label and this can
be fitted and used as a drilling template. The top two mounting positions for the PC board are found by
placing the board against the Perspex
and marking out the locations.
When marking out the hole locations for the LEDs, try to position
them so that they are randomly placed.
Keep in mind that there needs to be
sufficient room for two touch plates
around each LED and be careful that
MARCH
1993
63
...
N
N
CJ'
....
SI
C)
~
A
' I0 I
you don't encroach on the space
needed for the two START touch plates
which are mounted below the front
panel label.
It's best to drill small pilot holes for
the LEDs first and then ream them to
size so that the LED bezels are a tight
fit. It's also necessary to drill each
touch plate to accept a machine screw.
This is then used to secure a solder
lug on the underside of the Perspex to
64
SILICON CHIP
terminate the leads from the PC board.
The power switch and power socket
can now be mounted and the wiring
completed as shown in Fig.2. Note
that a separate lead is run from the PC
board to the cathode (K) of each LED
via a touch plate terminal. The LED
anodes are commoned and connected
to the PC board adjacent to Ql 1.
The other touch plate terminals are
commoned to the centre conductor of
a shielded cable to prevent noise
pickup. The START touch plates are
connected via a single length of shielded cable.
With all the wiring complete, you
should test the circuit operation again
to ensure that everything is operating
correctly. Note that you may need to
clean the touch plates periodically
with methylated spirits to ensure reliable operation.
SC
SILICON CHIP
AUSTRALIA'S BRIGHTEST ELECTRONICS MAGAZINE
ENJOY THE WORLD OF ELECTRONICS
& COMPUTERS EACH MONTH
* Constructional Projects For
The Enthusiast
* The Serviceman's Log
* Vintage Radio:
Technology From The Past
* Articles On Computers & Radio
Remote Control
* New Circuit Ideas & Techniques
* Amateur Radio Projects & Features
Subscribe today by phoning (02) 979 5644 & quoting your cred.it card
number, or fill in the form below & fax it to (02) 979 6503.
0 New subscription - month to start._ _ __ __ _ __
2 years (24 issues)
RATES (please tick one)
1 year (12 issues)
Fax or mail coupon to:
0 $A42
0 $A53
0 $A120
Silicon Chip Publications
0 $A84
0 $A105
0 $A240
Australia
Australia with binder(s)*
Overseas airmail
0 Renewal - Sub. No. _ _ _ __
Freepost 25
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach 209 7
*1 binder with 1-year subscription; 2 binders with 2-year subscription
Your Name
- - -- -- - - - -(PLEASE PRINT)
Address
- - - - --
_
-
---
Signature
- - -- - - - - - -
_ _ _ _ _ _ __
Card No.
-
_ __
_ .Postcode_
_
_
Card expiry date_ _~/_ __
I I II I I I II I I I II I I I
MARCH
1993
65
I
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
I
Digital storage
oscilloscopes
The 4164 and 4162 from Gould are
two new digital storage oscilloscopes
which combine high digitising speed
with long stores of 50K words per
channel. The extended store length
means that users can examine fine
detail within a stored waveform, while
.at the same time being able to look at
long-term trends. The long store also
means that the instruments are suited
for use in a "baby sitting" mode for
capturing random or intermittent signals.
·
The 4164 and 4162 are extensions
of the well-established Gould 4060
series of digital storage oscilloscopes
and feature 100 megasample/second
sampling, 150MHz equivalent realtime bandwidth, 8-bit resolution at
all input sensitivities, on-screen cursor based measurement functions , full
programmability and internal hardcopy capabilities.
The 4164 is a full 4-channel instrument, while on the 4162 two of the
channels have been optimised for electronic control signal acquisition. A
variety of display modes , including
conventional Y/T, X/Y, roll, persisted
and interpolated, allow acquisition
data to be presented in the most meaningful form to the user.
To allow detailed examination of
trace data, the 4164 and 4162 incorporate a variable "zoom" facility
which provides up to 1000:1 trace
Miniature fans for
microprocessors
Are you concerned at the relatively high temperature of the microprocessor in your PC? Or perhaps a critical component in a
power supply or other equipment
is running a shade too hot. The
remedy is to fit that red-in-theface component with its own personal cooling fan?
Don't laugh. These teensy little
fans do work and could be just
what's needed in a confined space
where the draught from a larger
fan would not penetrate. The larger of the two fans is 40mm in
diameter and produces quite a
draught. It runs quietly but is rated
at6.9 cfm (cubic feet per minute)
at 6000 RPM.
The smaller fan is 25mm in diameter and as you might expect,
66
SILICON CHIP
produces noticeably less movement of air. It is rated for 1.3 cfm at
10,000RPM.
No mounting hardware is available so you will need to contrive
your own installation. It should be
poss ible to mak e a mounting
bracket from a small piece of aluminium. The 40mm fan is priced
at $14.95 and the 25mm unit at
$19.95 from David Reid Electronics, 127 York St, Sydney NSW
2000. Phone (02) 267 1385.
expansion. This displays either the
actual acquired data points or in situations where less than 500 points
would be displayed, a linear interpolated trace. The user can select a combination of normal and zoomed traces,
which allows the fine detail of the
magnified trace to be viewed in conjunction with the overview.
The new oscilloscopes feature a
large (7-inch) display screen with an
electronically generated graticule.
Hard copy can be produced on an
optional internal thermal or 4-colour
plotter, and IEEE-488.2 and RS-423
interfaces are provided for interfacing
with external HP-GL plotters, computers or controllers.
For furth er information contact
Elmeasco Instruments Pty Ltd, PO Box
30, Concord, NSW 213 7. Phone (02)
736 2888.
Austel approved
power supplies
Alpha Kilo Services has released
two series of power supplies that have
been Austel approved. The UP0403A
series are 40 watt switching supplies
that have triple output voltages ranging from 5V to 24V with overvoltage
and short circuit protection. Efficiency
is claimed to be a m inimum of 70%
and operating temp erature range 1s
from zero to 70°C. The USUl00T Series are 100 watt supplies that also
have triple outputs ranging from -5V
to 24V with overvoltage and short cir-
cuit" protection and a VDE level "B"
input filter.
For further information contact Alpha Kilo Services, PO Box 180, Lane
Cove 2066. Phone (02) 428 3122.
New ferrite materials
with high saturation
Siemens Matsushita Components
has developed three new ferrite materials which. are mainly intended for
use in switched-mode power supplies.
The outstanding property of the new
N97 ferrite is its low core power loss
of 70mW/g under typical operating
conditions (lO0kHz, 200mT, 100°c),
which is approximately 18% less than
comparable materials.
N62 ferrite has a high saturation
inductance of510mT (at 2kHz, 1200A/
m, 20°C). It gives better DC biasing
compared with the previous.material;
not until current intensity reaches
values 10% higher does a 20% loss of
inductance occur. The new material
has an initial permeability of 1900
continued on page 72
EHT generator/low
cost laser
How many different ways can
you power a small laser tube? The
answer is quite a few and many of
these have been explored by Oatley
Electronics over the last few years.
Now they have excelled themselves by releasing an EHT power
supply at a very low price. Based
on a TV flyback transformer and
high voltage transistor, the supply
is powered from 12V and will deliver a peak output of about 1 lkV.
The main application being promoted is as a low cost laser power
supply but the circuit could have
other applications such as high
voltage experiments (Jacob's Ladder, etc), replacement parts in TV
sets and computer monitors and
even for plasma displays such as
described in the August and November 1988 issues of SILICON CHIP
(copies are still available).
The EHT power supply kit includes a small PC board, all the ·
on-board components, and the circuit and wiring diagrams. It is
priced at only $23.00. Also available is a kit which adds a lm W red
Helium-Neon laser tube for a total
cost of $50. That is cheap.
Both kits are available from
Oatley Electronics, 5 Lansdowne
Parade, Oatley NSW 2223. Phone
(02) 579 4985.
YOU CAN .NOW AFFORD A
SATELLITE TV SYSTEM
$ 5
99
For many years you have probably looked at satellite TV
systems and thought "one day".
You can now purchase ihe following
K-band system for only:
Here's what you get:
• A 1.6 metre prime focus dish antenna,
complete with all the mounting hardware.
• One super low-noise LNB (1.4dB or better).
• One Ku-band feedhorn and a magnetic
signal polariser.
• 30 metres of low-loss coaxial cable with a
single pair control line.
• lnfrared remote control pre programmed
satellite receiver with selectable IF & audio
bandwidth, polarity & digital readout
Your receiver is pre-programmed to the popular
OPTUS transponders via the internal memory.
AV-COMM Pty Ltd, PO Box 225, Balgowlah NSW
2093. Ph: (02) 949 7417. Fax: (02) 949 7095.
All items are available separately. Ask about our C-band
LNBs, NTSC-to-P~L converters, video time date generators,
FM2 &EPAL &Pay TV hardware.
r - .- ------------· ~
I YES GARRY, please send me more information on K-band
I satellite systems.
I
Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
I Address: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
: - - - - - - - - ~ P'code: _ _ __
_ _ _ _ __
I Phone: _ _ _ _ _ __
I ACN 001174 478
10/91
If You want something Done
LED VU Meter
I Yourself
NEW!
Two-channel
Camcorder Mixer
One of the things that decides whether a home video movie is a bore
Designing your own audio system or just updating older-style
equipment that uses an analogue V/U meter? This unit offers
the advantages of fast response
and peak hold display. Comes
with PCB, red , yellow and green
LEDs plus all necessary components and hardware.
Cat K-5370
or a block-bu ster is the soundtrack . Thi s inexpensive kit makes it easy
to give you r videos that Hollywood feel, complete with music and
sound-effects I 9V battery-powered, the kit co mes in full-form with
PCB, case, front panel
label , hardware , battery
holder and all components, including IC
socket.
Q
$2495
exclusive
~..,.'If
$2
~ Feb.'93
Low Fuel Indicator
$1495 Q
CHANNEL I
C!W91EL 3
~[R
M<ISTER
Low-Cost 1GHz Frequency
Counter
Just because your budget's tight, you don't have to settle for lower
resolution or frequencies I Th is 1GHz counter is an inexepensive
variation on the 50MHz counter design published in February '93
Electronics Austra lia. By substituting an uprated display module
and adding to the prescaler circuitry, a truly ingenious 1GHz
counter can be built -for under $160! The Kit includes case, PCB ,
all mounting hardware and componentry .
$1059
With features usually only found in speaker systems costing thousands of dollars,
this crossover improves the performance
of your system by overcoming the limitations of passive systems. By preceding
the power amplifier, this active crossover
kit gives ideal high-impedance loads, less
discrepancies in speaker driver efficiency
and less resistance between the
voice coil and amplifier. Comes as
a short-form kit with PCB and all
_[i;:--:_ ,
components.
1~
Cat K-5405
April ,
<at>
IGH, IREQUEHCY COUNTER
[1]
Diesel Sound Simulator
If your model railway looks great, but doesn't sound true-to -l ife,
here's _the solution: Our_ Diesel Sound _Simulator Kit is easy to bui ld ,
fits inside most locomotives (speaker included) and takes its power
from the rails. What's more, using some very clever circuitry , the
pitch reflects the loco motor's speed - how's that for a realistic simulation! Supplied in Shortform with all components, PCB and mini
speaker.
$a1K
295 Q
t>
,,
92
PLEASE CHECK YOUR NEAREST STORE FOR AVAILABILITY, AS SOME KITS MAY STILL BE IN PRODUCTION.
SILICON CHIP
nf
oo .
April '93
QQQ
Active Crossover
For Two-Way Q
Speaker Systems
68
/8)
<at>
Feb. '93
3495
Q
ON
~1;~~~ March '93 "'-....___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __,,/
If you 've ever run out of fuel in your car, you 'll see the value of this
low-cost kit. It lights a 12V warning lamp when the fuel drops below
a pre-determined level. Harder to ignore than your standard gauge,
the light could save you a great deal of inconven ience and embar,
rassment. Comes with
PCB, case, 12V panel
mount lamp and all
necessary
components, including
auto connectors for
easy installation
Cat K-4210
$
i
• Battery not included.
K-5408
Complete with holster!
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope
3.75 Digit (4,000 Count) 6.5MHz - Single Trace
A bargain-priced instrument that's great for
Multimeter
vice , repair and design work. At 6.5MH
suits audio work, project builders,
classroom applications, etc. Its
features include retrace blanking for a clearer display and
internal or external sync. Low
drift and quick warm-up make it
the ideal service tool.
A rugged meter that's great for
both field and workshop use,
it's shock. water and dust
resistant. featuring rubber
a-ring gaskets on its rotary
switch. input jacks and case.
Supplied with a thermocouple
probe for temperature measurement from -40°C to 260°C,
the meter features most standard ranges plus:
•
•
•
•
C•s;ve$50
""'E'P.I \
Continuity
Diode Test
, , ."4'4 •
Logic Test
Frequency (Auto-ranging)
~:~~',';:\$ 17
Specifications:
Vertical bandwidth: DC to 6.5MHz (-3dB)
Attenuator: 1/1, 1/10, 1/100 and ground
Horizontal sensitivity: 250mV/div or more
Timebase: 1OHz to 1OOkHz
Sync: External or internal
Input Impedance: 1 Meg/35pF
9
With Period Counter!
1 GHz Digital Frequency Meter
Searching for a frequency meter that can do it all? .... look no further!
Measures from a phenomenal 0.1 Hz to an amazing 1GHz. This meter will
measure it all in a fraction of a second with a minimum 5 digit accuracy right
across the range ... from subsonic to ultrasonic. Packed with unique features, it has the accuracy and specifications to out perform just about any
meter in its class. High resolution and fast response time make it a must for
the workshop.
5;;; $100~~:=;;::=~~~--4
•
•
+oaaaa 8 8 Ptio-~·
Channel A:
ChannelB
0.1 Hz to 80MHz
50MHz to 1GHz
Freq . Range:
Sensitivity:
Coupling:
Max. Input:
Input Imped:
Accuracy:
Trig. Mode:
Period Range:
Gate Time:
The world's in your pocket!
Micro Compact 9-Band Receiver
15mV to 50MHz
20mV to 650MHz
25mV to 80MHz
55mV to 1GHz
AC/ DC
AC only
3VRMS
3VRMS
1Mohm/40pF
50ohms
50PPM
50PPM
Auto or manual
1Ons to 1O seconds
Variable Irani 60ms to 1Os
(or 1 period of input signal,
wh ichever is longer.)
5ANC5EAN
It covers 7 shortwave bands as well as your local AM/FM bands . Its highly sensitive micro-circuitry allows it to receive international shortwave broadcasters such
as: The Voice of America, BBC , Radio Australia and Radio Moscow. What's
more, you get one-touch power & AM/FM/SW selectors, power safety lock, FM
stereo & SW tuning indicator. It also has easy-to-read dial markings , telescopic
antenna, and a DC jack for mains power (with optional adaptor) . Includes earphones for FM stereo and a soft carry case. Requires 2 x AA batteries .
Specifications:
Frequencies
Cat D-2827
FM 87.5-108 MHz
MW 530-1605 KHz
SW1 (5.90-6.20 MHz)
SW2 (7.05-7.40 MHz)
SW3 (9.50-9.90 MHz)
SW4
SW5
SW6
SW?
(11.65-12.05
(13 .55-13 .85
(15.10-15.60
(17.50-17.90
MHz)
MHz)
MHz)
MHz)
$9995
MARCH
1993
69
CALLING ALL ENTHUSIASTS
DON'T MISS THESE BARGAINS!
I
QUALITY
SCREWDRIVERSBARGAIN-PRICED!
Crescent
6 x 40mm
Flat stubby screwdriver
3 x 75mm
Flat screwdriver with pocket clip
4 x 100mm
Flat blade
5 x 100mm
Flat blade
6 x 150mm
Flat blade
6 x 150mm
Insulated flat blade
40mm
Phillips stubby #2
75mm
Phillips #0
100mm
Phillips #1
150mm
Phillips #2
Crescent 4-piece screwdriver pack
T -6300
T -6302
T -6304
T-6306
T-6308
T-6310
T-6312
T-6314
T-6316
T-6318
T-6130
$5.95
$2.95
$3.95
$4.95
$6.95
$5.95
$7.95
$3.95
$6.95
$8.95
$19.95
SAVE ON BULK
CAPACITOR PACKS!
ELECTROLYTIC
CAPACITOR PACK
Save $6 on a pack of 50 mixed quality
RB electrolyic capacitors.
Cat R-7030
$995
SAVE $6 ON GREENCAP
100V VALUES!
ELECTRICIAN'
NYLON 12-WAY TERMI
STRIP BLOCKS
Now available in two sizes/
Pack of 60 mixed value polyester
capacitors.
Cat R- 7040
$ 95
9
Large Cat P-4850
PACKS OF 50 POLYESTER VALUES!
Small Cat P-4855
PCB-MOUNTING TERMINAL BLOCKS
240 Volt, 10 AMP, 3-way, with 10mm pitch leg spacing.
Cat P-4834
WAS $3.95
11nw $
IIU
2 95
SINGLE AM RADIO RECEIVER I.C.
A 10-transistor tuned radio frequency circuit that provides a complete
R.F amplifier, detector and AGC circuit. It requires only six external
components to give a high quality A.M tuner.
6520
CatZ-
WAS $5.75
NEW LOW PR/Cf
$395
ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCERS
A quality Japanese matched pair of tranducers with data sheet.
Cat L-7054
70
S1uc c5N C111P
0.001 to 0.0022mfd
0.0027 to 0.0056mfd
0.0068 to 0.015mfd
0.018 to 0.039mfd
0.47 to 0.1 mid
R-7041
R-7042
R-7043
R-7045
R-7050
$7.95
$7.95
$7.95
$7.95
$6.95
MONOLITHIC MULTILAYER CERAMIC
CAPACITORS (50 V)
In packs of 50
0.01 mid
0.1mfd
R-7060 $11.95
R-7062 $13.95
.25 WATT
CARBON FILM RESISTOR PACKS
A mix of the 300 most popular values
130 piece pack, values from Oto 8.2 ohms
120 pieces, 1o to 82 oh ms
120 pieces, 100 to 820 ohms
120 pieces, 1k to 8.2k ohms
120 pieces, 10k to 82 ohms
130 pieces, 1m to 10Mohms
R-7010
R-7100
R-7104
R-7106
R-7108
R-7110
R-7112
$9.95
$3.95
$3.95
$3.95
$3.95
$3.95
$3.95
GET
MORE
FROM
YOUR
PC!
The advice you need - from beginners to advanced users.
THE IBM PC
CONFIGURATION
HANDBOOK
DUMMIES BOOKS
For those who wan t to get into
Microsoft DOS and IBM PC's
but have been too afraid
to ask 1
DOS for Dummies Cat B-6602
PCs for Dummies Cat B-6604
1/,
s349s
A complete guide to
troubleshooting,
enhancing. configur ing,
reconfiguring and
maintaining the PC / XT I
AT/386/486-based
machines and
peripherals.
--_.__
Cat 8-6203
--
i...'-'-~
s599s
...,._._..,
each
WE BSTER's QUICKSTART GUIDES
Specially written for beginers, the Visual Quickstart Guides are the
fundamental starting level books.They take an easy visual
approach to learning, where pictures guide the user through the
software.Written by Australian authors, the Quickstart Guides are
concise and easy to comprehe nd.
Webster's Coreldraw 2.0 Quickstart Guide
8-6392 $24.95
Webster's Coreldraw 3.0 Visual Quickstart Guide
8-3650 $34.95
Webster's Excel for Windows Version 4.0
B-6355 $29.95
Webster's Windows 3.1 Visual Quickstart Guide
B-6391 $24.95
Webster's Wordperfect for windows Visual Quickstart Guide 8-6397 $29.95
Webster's Windows 3.1 Visual Quickstart Guide
8-6389 $34.95
(The expanded version for students; wit h more pages than the standard
vers io n - includes self-paced exercises in running Windows 3.1 I
WEBSTER'S QUICKSTART REFERENCES
These are expanded , more advanced versions of the Visual
Quickstart Guides. With this reference Guide the user needs only to
look up what is required and they're provided with a straightforward
explanation. They're easy to follow and excellent va lue!
Webster's Works for Windows Quickstart Reference Guide B-6385 $24.95
IBM PC ARCHITECTURE
AND ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE
Covers nearly everything one needs to know in assembly
prog ramming for the IBM PC, including the internal
architecture of this most popular computer. Suits students
·and enthusiasts.
Cat 8-6099
QUE UPGRADING AND REPAIRING PC's
Virtually the ultimate source for personal computer
upgrading, maintenance and trouble shooting information
with tips and advice on preventative maintenance. Also
includes: Solut ions to commo n PC problems and
purchasing decisions , ASCII charts and various expe rt
recommendations.
WE BST ER'S BY EXAMPLE REFERENCE GUIDES
95
Cat B-6195
Similar to the reference guide but includes a basic training disk
program designed to start the beginner on a hands-on training
program . All vers ion s of the training disk are sim ilar .. in format so the DOS 5.0 USERS GUIDE
user doesn't need to re-learn the train ing format in other books and The intermediate user's guide wr itten by an expert in a
packages.
manner that is easy to follow for users ..
95
B-6386 E9.95
Webster's Works 2 for windows By Example
Cat 8-6101
B-6398
9.95
Webster's Word Perfect for Windows By Exam ple
8-6399
9.95
Webster's Microsoft Word 2.0 For Windows, By Example
$69
$39
DS XPRESS PHONE & MAILORDER SERVICE
Outside Sydney (Free call) 008 22 8610 Sydney And Enquiries -888 2105
FAX: (02) 805 1986 or write to DS XPRESS, PO BOX 321 N/RYDE NSW 2113
All Major Credit Cards Accepted. O/Nite Courier Available.
24 HOUR DESPATCH OF ALL ORDERS
N SW • Albury 21 8399 • Bankstown Square 707 4888 • Black town 871 7722 • Brook vale 905 0441 • Bond i 387 1444 • Campbe ll town 27 2199 • Chatswood Chase 4111955 • Ch ullora 642 8922 • Gore Hill
439 5311 • Gos ford 25 0235 • Hornsb y 477 6633 • Hurstville 580 8622 • Kotara 56 2092 • Liverpool 600 9888 • Maitland 33 7866 • Mirand a 525 2722 • Newcastle 611896 • Nort h Ayde 878 3855 • North
Sydney (Greenwood Plaza) 964 9467 • Orange 818 400 • Parramatta 689 2188 • Penrith 32 3400 • Rail way Square 211 3777 • Sydney City 267 9111 • Ta mworth 661711 • Woll ongong 28 3800 ACT
• Belconnen (06) 253 1785 • Fyshwick 280 4944 VIC• Ballarat 31 5433 • Bendigo 43 0388 • Box Hill 890 0699 • Coburg 383 4455 • Oande no ng 794 9377 • East Brighton 592 2366 • Essendon 379 7444
• Footscray689 2055• Frankston 783 9144 • Gee long 232 711 • Me lbourne City 399 Eliz abeth St 326 8088 & 246 Bourke St 639 0396 • Richmond 428 1614 • Ringwo od 879 5338 • Spr ingvale 547 0522 QLD
• Booval 282 6200 • Brisbane City 229 9377 • Buranda 391 6233 • Cairns 311 515 • Capalaba 245 2870 • Chermside 359 6255 • Maroochydore 791 800 • Rockhampton 27 9644 • Southport 32 9033
• Toowoom ba 38 4300 • Townsvi ll e 72 5722 • Underwood 341 0844 • SA• Adelaide City 232 1200 • Beverley 347 1900 • Eli zabeth 255 6099• Enfi eld 260 6088• St. Marys277 8977 WA • Cannington 451 8666
• Fremantle 335 9733 • Perth City 481 3261 • Midland 250 1460 • Northbridge 328 6944 TAS • Hobart 31 0800 • Launcest on 344 555 NT• Darwin 811977
STORES ACROSS AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND
MAR C H
1993
71
Infrared remote
control switch
This fully assembled infrared
remote controlled kit will switch a
relay at distances up to 10 metres.
The remote control transmitter is
housed in a plastic case measuring 140 x 68 x 30mm and is powered by an internal 9V battery (not
supplied). The receiver PC measures 110 x 55mm and it can be
powered from a 9-12V supply. Current drain at 12V is 35mA on
and is suitable for frequencies up to
300kHz.
N59 ferrite material has been developed specifically for high frequencies up to 1MHz. Under conditions of
1MHz, 50mT and 1()0°C, it exhibits a
core power loss of only 110mW/g.
Saturation occurs at 480mT (20°C) and
the initial permeability is 900.
N59 ferrite is available now, while
N62 and N97 are available in sample
form only. For further details, contact
Malcom Evans, Siemens Ltd, Electronics Components Department, 544
Church St, Richmond 3121. Phone
(03) 420 7716.
Sanyo large screen
television receiver
Sanyo's new TEIOO large screen
television is an imposing piece of furniture in a glossy camphor wood design, with a 68cm screen.
72
SILICON CHIP
standby and 120mA when the relay operates.
Supplied with the kit is a 4-page
reprint which features the circuits,
wiring diagrams and explanatory
text. So if you want to get an IR
remote control system up and going with the minimum amount of
electronics assembly, this is the
way to go. The kit is priced at $44
and is available from A-One Electronics Pty Ltd, 432-434 Kent St,
Sydney, NSW 2000. Phone (02) 267
4819.
This low distortion, flat , square
screen has 750 lines horizontal resolution, a wide viewing angle and reduced glare. Fuzzy Logic picture control circuitry continuously monitors
the brightness of the room and the
viewing distance and adjusts the image brightness to minimise eye strain.
This means the set makes its own
adjustments to give a high definition
picture in a bright room, and a softer
picture in a dark room. The Fuzzy
Logic circuit also works to reduce picture noise.
Picture quality is enhanced by the
use of a shadow mask made from Invar,
an alloy of steel and nickel to eliminate picture distortion caused by the
tube's heat. A PAL/NTSC comb filter
eliminates colour and dot interference
for improved sharpness and definition.
The set has a sub-woofer stereo
sound system with Sanyo's Cascade
Tuning Port system and speakers with
cones made from a polymer and pulp
sandwich material. Other features include inputs for S-Video and phono, a
camcorder input, mini headphone
jack and extension speaker terminals
plus Teletext facilities.
Sanyo's TEIOO model CPP2940TX
has a recommended retail price of
$2,999.00 and comes with a matching
stand. It is available from selected
retailers throughout Australia.
Emtek DCT-310
AC/DC clamp meter
If you are an electrician, an auto
electrician or you need to measure
very heavy currents without inserting
a meter in series, then this AC/DC
clamp meter is for you.
As an example of the capabilities of
this instrument, say you want to measure the current drawn by your car's
starter motor but without having to
disconnect any battery leads. With
the Emtek DCT-310 you just set it into
DC mode on the 400A range, snap the
tongs around the positive or negative
battery lead and then have someone
start the motor. As the reading comes
up on the display you can then switch
to "Peak Hold" and the reading will
be held until you switch it off.
Many older clamp meters cannot
measure DC current; they have a current transformer based on the laminated core of the tongs but this does
not work at DC. This unit can measure direct current because it uses a
Hall Effect device instead of a current
transformer.
Two AC and DC current ranges of
200A and 400A are provided, as well
as a temperature range reading from
-40°C +750°C using a type K thermocouple which is supplied with the
unit. There is also a resistance range
reading up to 2kQ and two voltage
ranges , 200V AC and DC and 2000V
DC or 750V AC.
A very good feature of the unit is
that it comes with a sturdy carry case
which will be invaluable in protecting the meter against the inevitable
knocks that it would otherwise get in
the average toolbox.
All told, the Emtek DCT-310 AC/
DC clamp meter is something of a
bargain at the price of $225 plus 20%
sales tax. For further information, contact Emona Instruments Pty Ltd, 86
Parramatta Rd, Camperdown, NSW
2050. Phone (02) 519 3933.
300 watt
power amplifier
This rugged power amplifier has an
interesting circuit based on a TL071
op amp and 13 transistors. The op
amp essentially provides the differential input stage and the circuit is
more or less conventional following
that. The four NPN output transistors
are arranged in quasi-complementary
symmetry, a fairly common approach
in high power amplifiers.
Two transistors provide overdrive
protection although it is not clear from
the circuit information whether this
is simple drive limiting or foldback
protection.
Rated power output is 300 watts at
.05% harmonic distortion while music power output is quoted at 540
watts. Both of these figures will depend on the voltage output and regu-
Low cost
answering
machine
This surprisingly
compact answering
machine is based on a
single microcassette.
This holds the answer message which you record
and all the messages which are left by callers.
As well as normal answering functions, the Hardie
AM100 also includes Memo, Call Screening and
Remote Access via telephone. Memo is a handy
feature whereby you can leave a voice message for
your family, to be played back when any other
messages are reviewed.
Call screening, as the name suggests, allows you
to screen a call before personally answering the
phone. You just let the machine answer the phone,
listen to the caller speak and if you want to take the
call, you just press the Stop button.
Remote access is another useful feature which
allows you to playback any messages over the phone.
To do this you must be using a tone dialling phone
or a DTMF encoder.
The unit comes with a plugpack supply and is
Austel approved. It is available for $89 from all Rod
Irving Electronics stores.
lation of the power supply which will
require a rating of about 500 watts if
the amplifier is to work at its maximum capability.
As is usual with these fully assembled modules from A-One Electronics, the unit appears to be well made
and uses readily available components. A-One can also supply suitable
Australian made transformers and
other power supply components, as
well as rack mounting cases.
The price of the 300W amplifier
module is $175. It is available from AOne Electronics Pty Ltd, 432-434 Kent
St, Sydney NSW 2000. Phone (02)
267 4819.
SC
ANTRIM
TOROIDAL TRANSFORMERS
• Now made in Australia.
• Standard range 15VA to 2kVA.
• Large ex-stock quantities available.
• Competitive pricing available for OEMs & resellers.
• Simply the best transformers all round.
HARBUCH ELECTRONICS PTY Lm
90 George Street, Hornsby NSW 2077.
Telephone (02) 476 5854. Fax (02) 476 3231.
MARCH
1993
73
A 24-hour sidereal
clock for astronomers
If you are involved with amateur astronomy, you
will want to know the sidereal time which is
related to the motion of the stars across the sky.
This is different from solar time which is related
to the motion of the Sun. This sidereal clock has
a 4-digit liquid crystal display & can be run from
batteries or mains power.
DESIGN BY ROBERT FLYNN
A mean solar day is the average
time between successive transits of
the Sun across the meridian and is
defined as 2~ hours. By contrast, the
mean sidereal day is the average time
between successive transits of a star
(specifically the first points of Aries)
across the meridian and is actually
shorter than the mean solar day by
about four minutes.
The evidence of this fact is that
each star rises from the eastern horizon four minutes earlier each night
(or day). Hence, if you p lan to observe
particular stars or other heavenly bodies during an evening, it is desirable
to know the sidereal time.
In fact, the mean sidereal day is
235.909 seconds shorter than a mean
solar day (ie, just under four minutes
shorter). In effect, sidereal time is
1.00273790934 times faster than solar
time. Fot a watch or clock intended to
run with a 32,768Hz crystal , the input
frequenc y would need to be increased
to 32,857.716Hz.
A standard 32kHz watch crystal
cannot be made to run this fast so our
The Sidereal Clock is housed in a low-cost plastic case & has a 4-digit liquid
crystal display. Because it measures star time rather than solar time, it runs
almost four minutes per day faster than a conventional clock.
74
SILICON CHIP
circuit uses BCD rate multipliers to
increase the frequency to the required
figure. However, we are running a
little ahead of our story.
Features
This sjdereal clock is housed in a
standard plastic utility case with a 4digit liquid crystal display. On the
front panel are three switches for time
setting and a red LED to indicate low
battery. Two of the switches are selfexplanatory and are labelled "SET
HOURS" and "SET MINUTES". The
other switch is labelled "CORRECT ±2
MINS". This is used to set the clock to
the exact hour provided it is within
plus or minus two minutes of the
hour.
Inside, most of the parts are mounted on-a single PC board which accommodates nine ICs. These comprise five
4527 BCD rate multipliers, one 4069
hex inverter, one 4020 binary divider,
one S-8054 voltage detector.and one
PCFl 171 4-digit clock. This last IC is
a 40-pin surface mount chip which is
normally used in car clocks. It drives
the 4-digit liquid crystal display but
is used in an unorthodox way as part
of the method of obtaining sidereal
operation.
Now let's have a look at the circuit
ofFig.1. The core of the circuit is IC8,
the PCFl 171 clock chip which is normally run with a 4.19MHz crystal. We
did not wish to use this crystal, however, because it is not readily available and it cannot be made to provide
sidereal time.
Hence, instead of connecting a
4.19MHz crystal across the oscillator
pins on the PCFl 171, we are using it
in the "test" mode which allows us to
run the chip with a much lower clock
frequency.
In normal use, ICl divides the clock
frequency by 222 . Hence, a crystal operating at 4.194304MHz is divided
down to lHz. In the test mode, IC8 is
made to operate 65.,536 times faster;
ie, 16 of its frequency divider_stages
+SV
0.1::
0.1::
16 14
..!
2
l15
A
B
IC2
4527
CP
.,.
3
5
CAS CE STR CL PL
12 11 10 113 14
fc
15
16 114
A
D
0 1 ~ CA$
10
STR
C
ili ce
CP
8
9
12
B C
IC3
4527
0
CL
+
16 14
12
10
fc
+
+5V
-
PL
113 14
.,.
la
D
6
D1
0.1::
0.1::
A
CA$
Ia
D
01 ..L...!,g CAS
IC4
4527
1
STR
ili ce
CP
IB
12
C
15
8
CL
9
.,.
16 14
10
fc
PL
15
A
IC5
4527
3
STR
ili ce .
CP
CL
3
12
C
8
0.1::
.,.
16 14
D
0 1 ~ CAS
PL
10
fc
15
Ia
2
8
C
STR
CP
9
~8
CL
113
.,.
D
IC6
4527
6
u; ce
9
TB
A
01~
PL
J4
+
IB
+SV
IC1a
4069
IC1b
5 ...... 6
~?
yv-
J.
X1
: 330k
32.788kHz
10
+
l401is
18
23 6 37 7 34 a3 l10 Is
10 11 29 30 7 34 37 5 6 35
(VDD) TR VDD A1, B1 C1 A2 82 C2 02 .!,____! D2 C2 82 A2 C1 81 G1 E1 D1 A1
E2
E2
01,
IC7
13 2
LTD242F-22
E1,
F2 ~ F2
4020 Q8 ,-.....- OSC IN
G1
1
2
4 .
3
36
32
G2
G2
A
28
25
RESET
A.3
A3
PS
F/ G /e
27
24
83
83
~1
13
15
E/
/c P4
C3
C3
12
14
SET MINS
D
108
03
03
51
PCF1171
P3,
E3 ..!!.........!! E3
----.,_!! MINS
F3 G3 A4 84 C4 04 E4 F4 G4 P4 BP OP1 DP2 OPS F1
SET HAS
26 27 21 20 19 16 17 22 23 28 1 1s 112 116 136
S2
29
F3
30
HAS
G3
±2 MIN CORR
24
S3
A4
17
.........
■■-.....! CORR
84
16
SET 24
P3,
C4
TS VSS CONT HA BP P4 G4 F4 E4 D4
-Hl18p F""
J.
22 ii•
O.l! 10VW! o.1I
~
10M
CK
VC1 ■ Ii
SOpF' I
.,.
--------
.µ
,-,,=,
.
.
,-,,=, ,_,
1=1
.........----2
--
1a9 J 20
9V FROM
PLUG-PACK
"--+
+
01
1N4002
I':';'\
\;:.,,I
02
IN
(
~
2.2~
REG1 OUT
LP2950
,
GNO O.l
J.
21
22 5
32 26 25114 11s
+5V
I
IC9
REG1
GNoOouT INOouT
IN
GND
VIEWED FROM BELOW
~
A K
SIDEREAL CLOCK
Fig.1: the circuit uses rate multipliers IC2-IC6 to multiply the 32.768kHz crystal
frequency by 0.50136 to obtain 16.428kHz. This is then divided by 256 in IC7 &
then fed to clock chip ICB to give sidereal time.
are bypassed. This means that a precise 64Hz signal fed to pin 2 of !Cl
would allow it to keep correct time.
Our circuit runs the clock at a slightly
higher frequency, 64.17522579Hz to
be exact, in order for it to operate at
sidereal time. This frequency is obtained in the following way.
ICla, one inverter of a 4069 hex
inverter chip, operates as an oscillator with a 32.768kHz crystal (ie, a
standard watch crystal). The output
signal from this oscillator is buffered
by IClb and then fed to the clock
inputs of five 4527 rate multiplier
chips.
Rate multipliers
We have not used these chips in the
past so they will probably be unfamiliar to most of our readers. Suffice to
MARCH
1993
75
Fig.2: pay careful attention to component orientation during the board
assembly, especially when installing the LCD. The three parts marked with
an asterisk are installed on the copper side of the PC board.
know that BCD rate multipliers are
used to produce an output frequency
which is a rational fraction of the
clock frequency.
A 3-decade BCD rate multiplier will
produce an output frequency of nnn/
1000 where nnn is a 3-digit number
specified as three BCD characters.
Each rate multiplier has its number
"n" programmed into it by tying each
of four BCD input lines high or low.
Our circuit uses a 5-decade rate
multiplier to provide a multiplication
factor of 0.50136. In fact, if you look
closely at the five rate multipliers,
IC2 to IC6, you will see that each one
is labelled with its multiplication factor; ie, IC2 is programmed with "5"
(pins 14 & 2 high), IC3 is programmed
with "O" (pins 14, 15, 2 & 3 low), IC4
is programmed with "1" (pin 14 high;
pins 15, 2 & 3 low), IC5 is programmed
with "3" (pins 14 & 15 high; pins 2 &
3 low) and IC6 is programmed with
"6" (pins 15 & 2 high; pins 14 & 3
low).
The output of the five rate multipliers acting together is taken from pin 6
of IC6 and is equal to 16.428564k.Hz.
Interestingly, this signal is not a regularly spaced pulse waveform but
comes in irregular pulse patterns
whose average rate is equal to the
required frequency.
The output signal from pin 6 of IC6
is fed to IC7, a 4020 binary divider. It
divides the signal by 256 to obtain the
frequency of 64.17 408Hz. This is not
the exact frequency we want though.
We want 64.17522579Hz which is
only a small fraction away. To obtain
this exact frequency, we use the trimmer capacitor at pin 3 of IC1a to adjust the crystal frequency to
32,768.585Hz. Now when this is multiplied by 0.50136 in IC2-IC6 and divided by 256 in IC7, the result is exactly 64.17522579Hz.
Not a great deal more needs to be
said about IC8 and its functions. It
contains all the circuitry necessary to
drive the 4-digit liquid crystal display and there are no external components apart from the three time setting switches.
All the ICs run from a 5V rail provided by an LP2950 (REG1) low dropout regulator and this is fed from an
external 9V or 12V DC plugpack via
diode D1.
An internal 9V alkaline battery is
also provided to keep correct time
when mains power is not available. It
feeds the 5V regulator via diode DZ.
Low battery indication is provided
by IC9, a Seiko S-8054 voltage detector. This device is connected across
the 9V battery and it turns on a LED if
the voltage falls below 4. 7V.
The inclusion of the low voltage
detector is important because when
the battery falls to some point below
3.5V, the clock signal fed to pin 2 of
IC8 will fail, because one of the preceding chips will stop operating. The
problem is that IC8 will still drive the
liquid crystal display but without the
correct AC backplane signal.
If left operating under this condition for long, the display may be damaged or its life shortened. Hence, when
the "Low Battery" LED lights, it is
time to replace the battery.
Construction
Below: all external leads except for the power supply connections, are soldered
directly to the copper side of the PC board. Note the small wire strap that's used
to hold the crystal in place, to prevent its leads from breaking.
76
SILICON CHIP
All the circuitry for the Sidereal
Clock is mounted on a PC board measuring 97 x 85mm and coded 04103931.
The 40-pin surface mount PCF1171
PARTS LIST
1 PC board, code 04103931, 97
x85mm
1 front panel label, 153 x 90mm
1 plastic case , 157 x 95 x 53mm
1 9VDC plugpack
3 momentary contact SPST
pushbutton switches
1 9V battery
1 battery clip
1 polarised DC connector
4 3mm untapped spacers
4 3mm x 15mm CSK machine
screws
8 3mm nuts
The main clock chip (IC8) is a surface mount device & must be carefully
soldered directly to the copper side of the PC board. Use a clean fine-tipped iron
for this job & tin the tracks first before soldering the pins.
Semiconductors
1 4069 hex inverter (IC1)
5 4527 BCD rate multipliers
(IC2-IC6)
1 4020 ripple carry binary divider
(IC?)
1 PCF1171 clock chip (IC8)
1 LTD242F-22 LCD
1 S-8054HNM low voltage
detector (IC9)
2 1N4002 diodes (01 ,02)
1 red LED (LED1)
Capacitors
1 22µF 16VW electrolytic
1 2.2µF 16VW electrolytic
8 0.1µF 50VW or 63VW
monolithic (multi-layer
ceramic)
1 18pF NPO 9eramic
1 50pF trimmer (Altronics Cat.R4011) (VC1)
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
1 10MQ 5%
1 470Q
1 330kQ
This close-up view shows how trimmer capacitor VCl is mounted. It is adjusted
experimentally until the clock keeps correct sidereal time.
clock chip is mounted on the copper
side of the board while all the other
parts are mounted in the normal way
on the component side. We suggest
that you mount the surface mount
chip first and then all the conventional components.
While mounting a surface mount
chip with pins spaced at 0.76mm may
seem difficult, it can be done without
too much trouble. The first step is to
make sure that the copper pattern is
thoroughly clean of all dirt and oxidation. If the board has been roll soldered and has.a protective coating, so
much the better. A bench magnifying
lamp will also help a lot. At the very
least, you will need bright lighting
and a magnifying glass to check your
soldering.
The second step is to use a very fine
tipped soldering iron and tin all the
SMD copper tracks and all the leads
of the 40-pin device. Use the very
minimum of solder on the iron while
doing this, as it is very easy to bridge
the device pins or the tracks. Having
done that, place the SMD chip in its
correct position on the board, with
the pin 1 end facing IC7, and solder
Parts availability
The 4527 rate multipliers, PCF1171 clock IC & LTD2424-22 LCD
are available from Geoff Wood
Electronics, 229 Burns Bay Rd,
Lane Cove West, NSW 2066.
Phone (02) 428 4111. The Seiko
S-8054HNM IC is available from
the cash sales counter at VSI
Promark Electronics Pty Ltd, 16
Dickson Ave, Artarmon, NSW
2064. Phone (02) 439 8622.
tack pins 1, 20, 21 & 40 to their respective tracks.
After that, each pin should be soldered by holding it down firmly with
a fine tipped jeweller's screwdriver
MARCH
1993
77
Analog sidereal clock driver
0.1
16 14
A
16 14
15
8
C
IC2
4527
5
CP.
+3V
0.1
0.1
16 14
15
8
IC3
4527
0
CAS CE STR CL PL
12 11 10 13
CL
PL
15
B
C
- 7
TC
11
ce
16 14
2
C
12
IC4
4527
1
CAS
lO STR
A
15
8
IC6
~527
_6
fc
7
11
2
C
3
56k
OUTPUT
16.429kHz
TO CLOCK
~
0
56k
01
6
CE
CP
CP
~
X1
330k
32.766kHz
ANALOG SIDEREAL CLOCK
with six CMOS ICs and then the
clock signal from the board is connected to one of the now vacant
crystal pins in the clock module.
The advantage of using this circuit to produce a sidereal clock is
that it uses cheap and readily available ICs and can be used with vir-
tually any analog crystal clock. The
disadvantage is that the resultant
24-hour clock will need a new dial
in order to tell the time. However, a
new dial can be easily fashioned
from a piece of white card and
Letraset® rub-on lettering.
The whole circuit works from a
3V supply provided by two 1.5V
batteries connected in series via a
suitable 2-cell battery holder. IC1a,
a 4069 inverter runs as a crystal
oscillator at 32kHz. This is buffered by IC1b and fed to a five decade rate multiplier consisting of
IC2-IC7. These provide a multiplication factor of 0.50136.
With the crystal running at
32. 768kHz exactly, the resultant
assembly procedure is fairly straightforward. Solder in the wire links, resistors and 0.1µF monolithic capacitors first, then install the diodes and
electrolytic capacitors. Note that the
ZZµF capacitor and 50pF ceramic trimmer are mounted on the copper side
of the board.
The 32kHz crystal is soldered into
the board and then laid over on its
side and secured in place with a wire
link over it.
This done, solder in all the integrated circuits, the 3-terminal regulator and low voltage detector (IC9).
Both the last two devices have T0-92
encapsulation, so they look just like
ordinary transistors.
This 24-hour sidereal clock driver can be used
with virtually any clock which runs from a 1.5V
battery & uses a 32kHz crystal. The circuit
provides a signal of 16.4kHz instead of 32.768kHz
so that the clock hands move at half speed. In
other words, the hour hand will make
a complete revolution in one sidereal day.
This design uses the same rate
multiplier principle as used in the
digital sidereal clock described in
this issue. Essentially, what you
have to do is disassemble the clock
movement so that you can remove
the 32kHz crystal. This is then
wired onto the small board along
and then applying heat with the soldering iron tip. After all pins have
been soldered, check the board under
a magnifying glass to see that there
are no fine solder bridges between
tracks and that all connections are
good.
After the surface mount device is
soldered to the board, the rest of the
78
SILICON CHIP
Fig.3: this crystal oscillator &
rate multiplier circuit can be
used to convert a conventional
analog clock to sidereal time.
Protect your valuable issues
Silicon Chip Binders
Fig.4: this board can be used to convert a standard crystal clock
to 24-hour sidereal time. Its output connects to the clock board in
place of the original crystal.
output from pin 6 of IC 7 would be
16.42856.4kHz. The required frequency for 24 hour sidereal time is
16.428858Hz and this can be easily
provided by a very slight tweak of
the crystal, by adjusting the trimmer.
The 16.4kHz signal is taken from
a voltage divider between the pin 6
output ofIC6 and the +3V line. The
voltage divider gives a signal amplitude of close to 1.5V peak-topeak, thus making it compatible
with the 1.5V circuitry of a standard clock. The +3V line from the
PC board connects to the +1.5V
line of the clock module while the
voltage divic:led 16.4kHz signal connects to one of the vacated crystal
pins on the clock module board;
which one is a matter of trying it to
see which one works.
These beautifully-made binders
will protect your copies of SILICON
CHIP. They feature heavy-board
covers & are made from a
distinctive 2-tone green vinyl.
They hold up to 14 issues & will
look great on your bookshelf.
The clockface was fitted with a
new 24-hour dial so that it would
display the correct sidereal time.
On the rear, the modifications
included the additional PC board,
plus a 3V battery pack to power
this board. There are just two
connections between the board &
the original clock board.
* High quality
* Hold up to 14 issues
* 80mm internal width
*
SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine &
cover
Price: $A 11.95 plus $3 p&p each
(NZ $6 p&p). Send your order to:
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach 2097
Or fax (02) 979 6503; or ring (02)
979 5644 & quote your credit card
number.
Use this handy form l
-·-
'!
rn
.
,,
,
\~
----------Enclosed is my cheque/money order for
$_ _ _ or please debit my
O Bankcard
O Visa
O Mastercard
Card No:
Do not solder in the liquid crystal
display until the circuit operation has
been checked. How can you do that
unless the LCD is in place? Easy, it's
just a matter of a few voltage checks.
Before you can do that though, you
will need to temporarily connect a 9V
battery or a 9V plugpack.
With power applied, check that +5V
appears at pin 14 of the 4069 (IC1)
and at pin 16 of the 4527s and 4020
(IC7) . If your multimeter has a good
AC frequency response, you can also
check for the presence of an AC signal
of about 1.5-2V AC at pin 10 of IC7.
This effectively checks that the crystal oscillator (IC1) and the rate multipliers (IC2-IC6) are working correctly.
Card Expiry Date __!_
_
Signature _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _
Address_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ P/code_ __
. _-·- -------- .
MARCH
1993
79
0
0
CORRECT
LOW
± 2mins.
Fig.5: this full size ·
artwork can be used
as a drilling template
for the front panel of
the Sidereal Clock.
BATTERY
0
0
SET
SET
MINUTES
HOURS
0
Sidereal Clock
0
0
0
iO
o7
aaa
04103931
Now check that the clock signal (64Hz) is
present at pin 13 ofIC7. This should be at about
2. 7V AC. Interestingly, you can also measure the
same signals on the DC range; in this case, you
should obtain about 2.5V (ie, ½Voo),
The final tests are to check for the presence of
the backplane signal at pin 5 of IC8 and to check
for the presence of an AC signal between the
packplane pin and any of the liquid crystal display lines. Note that for this test, not all segment
lines will be active and therefore some segment
lines will have no voltage on them. The backplane
signal is 64Hz and should be about 2. 7V AC or
2.5V DC. When measuring the voltage between
the backplane pin and any active segment line,
the AC voltage should be close to 5.5V AC.
Inserting the LCD
Fig.6: the PC artwork for the digital version is coded 04103931 &
measures 97 x 85mm. Check your etched board careful~y against
this pattern before installing any of the parts, particularly
around the surface mount IC.
~
~
_sc_
~
o,,l,,,,G
°""""°
~-----------E393~
Fig.7: use this PC board to build the analog version of the Sidereal
Clock. It is coded 04103932, measures 101 x 35mm & can easily be
accommodated on the back of most crystal-controlled clocks.
80
SILICON CHIP
If all these checks are positive, you can insert
and solder the liquid crystal display into place.
Make sure that it is inserted the correct way
around. As shown on the component overlay
diagram, the lefthand side of the display (looking at the front) has a slight bulge in the edge of
the glass.
With the LCD soldered in, re-apply power and
check that the clock works. If so, the unit can be
completed. You will need to drill the holes and
make a 70 x 28mm cutout in the lid of the case.
The PC board is attached to the lid of the plastic
case using four countersunk screws and 6mm
spacers.
When these screws and spacers are fitted, you
will need to make and attach a Dynamark® adhesive label and fit it to the lid. It is then a matter of
completing the wiring and the clock is finished.
To set and regulate the clock you will need to
consult an astronomical almanac and calculate
the sidereal time for your longitude.
SC
AMATEUR RADIO
BY GARRY CRATT, VK2YBX
A general coverage shortwave
receiver from England
Ever wanted a first class communications
receiver but without all the complexity that
seems inevitable with sets from Japan? If so,
consider the Lowe Electronics HF-225 general
coverage receiver. It is made in Derbyshire,
England.
With well over one million active
amateur operators in such a small
country, it is not surprising that most
amateur equipment manufactured today originates from Japan. Their huge
domestic market represents sufficient
commercial incentive for manufacturers to design new models on a regular
basis.
However, it should not be taken for
granted that Japan is the only source
of amateur radio equipment. A Brit-
ish company, Lowe Electronics, has
achieved notable success in recent
years with its range of shortwave receivers. Their initial model, the HF125, has now been superseded by the
HF-225 and the professional version ,
the HF-235.
The design and development was,
according to Lowe, based on straightforward objectives: (1) to obtain sufficient RF performance for the receiver
to operate without problems in crowded bands with many strong signals;
(2) to combine complete control of a
necessarily complex piece of equipment with easy operation for the user;
and (3) to achieve these objectives
within a reasonable price range.
The result is a compact desktop
receiver offering multimode coverage
from 30kHz to 30MHz, microprocessor controlled PLL tuning, dual conversion, three selectable IF filter bandwidths, a backlit 5-digit liquid crystal
display, and an analog signal strength
meter. The receiver also has 30 memories for storage of oft-used frequencies, an inbuilt lithium battery for
memory backup, and can be operated
from a 12V car battery or the supplied
AC adaptor.
Circuit features
The interior of the Lowe HF 225 shortwave receiver is very clean & easy to
access. The microprocessor which controls it operates in "static idle" mode
for most of the time so that it does not produce any unwanted signals.
The, HF-225 is a dual conversion
superhet receiver, using up-conversion to a high first intermediate frequency (IF) of 45MHz, and a second
IF of 455kHz for the selective filters.
This design gives good image rejection at all tuned frequencies in the HF
band (any image frequencies will fall
outside the coverage of the receiver)
and good filter shape factors for the
455kHz IF.
MARCH
1993
81
The Lowe HF-225 shortwave receiver covers the range from 30kHz to 30MHz &
eschews the complex styling & controls of most Japanese receivers. Despite its
straightforward front-panel layout, it features microprocessor controlled PLL
tuning & has 30 memories for storage of oft-used frequencies.
control which can be set for treble cut
or bass cut.
Receiver tuning is achieved by varying both the local oscillator and the
heterodyne oscillator (used for IF conversion). The local oscillator ranges
from .45.030MHz to 74.999MHz in
lkHz steps, while fine tuning is provided by the heterodyne oscillator
covering 44.544MHz to 44 .545MHz,
in 128 steps. The final carrier insertion frequency is determined by the
mode selected, so that the appropriate IF passband filter is in the correct
position relative to the carrier for
sideband reception, either USB or LSB.
The local oscillator signal is produced by a PLL synthesiser but all
frequencies affecting the on-channel
tuning of the receiver are crystal derived to ensure good accuracy and
low drift.
All switching and tuning functions
of the receiver are controlled by a
dedicated microprocessor which receives commands from the front panel
controls and sends information to the
receiver control register and the PLL
system on a serial data bus. The single-chip microprocessor is supported
by a controller driving the LCD and a
frequency mem.ory with battery backup.
No spurious signals
All these components are mounted
away from the main RF PC board on a
separate board behind the front panel.
The rear panel carries sockets for an external keypad, 12V DC power, record
The control system uses the "static
out & an external loudspeaker. There's also an FM squelch level control, inputs
idle" principle, where there are no
for both 50Q & 600Q antennas & a switch to select the antenna type.
signals other than a basic clock oscilThe most gain in the receiver oc- lator running until the operator reSignals from the antenna pass
curs at 455kHz, where several stages quires a change in the receiver conthrough one of six band-selecting filusing multi-element ceramic filters
figuration. The system then reacts to
ters before being fed to the first mixer.
These filters attenuate strong signals are configured to give bandwidth po- commands from the controls, before
that are well removed from the de- sitions of 2.ZkHz, 4kHz, 7kHz and · returning to the "idle" condition.
lOkHz.
This method of operation virtually
sired frequency and help to reduce
eliminates spurious signals from the
interference from even order
control system from being picked up
intermodulation products. Particular Signal detection
Following the second IF, a full-wave by the receiver. Fig.1 shows a block
attention has been paid to separating
diagram of the receiver.
strong medium-wave signals from the
envelope detector serves as a low disThe performance of the receiver is
rest of the HF spectrum and to attenu- tortion AM detector and as a source of
indeed impressive. At frequencies
ating signals above 30MHz which AGC (automatic gain control) voltage.
When noise spikes are detected, these above 2MHz, its sensitivity to SSB
might be received as IF images.
signals was measured at 0.3µV for
Surprisingly, there is no RF stage pulses fire a monosfable which mutes
l0dB signal to noise ratio, and 0.6µV
before the mixer and this, coupled the audio stage for the duration of the
pulse. The second IF also feeds a prod- for AM signals modulated to a depth
with the use of a high-performance
uct detector, used for SSB and CW of 70%. The dynamic range is better
transistor mixer, gives high dynamic
range and good overload immunity. A reception, when the IF is mixed with than 90dB at 50kHz spacing and the
4-pole 45MHz crystal filter with a a carrier signal. Audio filtering is ob- reciprocal mixing is also better than
15kHz bandwidth limits the signals tained through the use of a high Q 90dB at l0kHz in the SSB mode. All
peaked response filter centred around
image and spurious responses have
fed to the second mixer and removes
800Hz. The receiver also has a tone greater than 80dB rejection.
image responses from the second IF.
82
SILICON CHIP
Fig.1: this block diagram of the HF-225 receiver shows
its complex IF filter set-up. It is a dual conversion
superhet receiver, with a first IF of 45MHz & a second
IF of 455kHz for the selective filters.
OPTJ)NA,L
lw"".Slf/ri\
DETECTOR
,r-,f1: '"'"
.,.,.,
VOL TONE
EXTLS
-q:J
NT LS
Rfte:IVER COHTROL
DISPLAV DRIVER
SER l~L
88.888
eus
FRfQUEMCY
>'EMORV
LCD FREQUENC Y DISPLAY
Operating the receiver is quite simple. The unit is switched on using the
combined ON/OFF-Volume control
and displays the last frequency used
on the 5-digit display. Two buttons,
UP and DOWN, select the required
frequency in megahertz and the exact
frequency is then tuned using a conventional rotary control. Tuning on
SSB and CW is in 8Hz steps. This
allows accurate resolution of SSB and
ECSS reception in the AM mode.
Those unfamiliar with the term
ECSS (exalted carrier, selectable sideband) may be interested in the basic
principle. The ECSS technique makes
use of the fact that with a good selective receiver, capable of resolving SSB,
an AM signal can be passed through
an SSB filter which is wide enough to
allow only one sideband. This filter
must attenuate the carrier by a minimum of 20dB for the technique to
work with any degree of success.
The receiver can be used in the SSB
mode, with the incoming carrier tuned
to zero beat, and the accompanying
sideband treated as a true SSB signal.
Either the upper or lower sideband
can be selected using either LSB or
USB modes, so interfering stations can
often be eliminated. This can improve
MOO<
SWITCH
T'UN.,.G
intelligibility of the signal dramatically and the ability to select an IF
filter having a 2.2kHz bandwidth is a
most desirable feature.
Mode selection
S-l"ETER
SHAF'T ENC00£1t
OPTIONAL
l(EYPAO
gation and fading, particularly after
dark when the ionosphere reflects
most HF signals.
The FM detector is designed to decode signals having a bandwidth of
12kHz or less and the receiver has a
squelch control which can be turned
on manually via a rear panel control,
or via the filter select control located
on the front panel.
Mode selection is achieved by a
rotary switch and initial filter selection is automatic and dependent on
the mode selected. AM switches in
the ?kHz filter, while selecting SSB
(USB or LSB) or CW selects the 2.2kHz Conclusion
With a recommended retail price of
filter.
Checking the filter in use is easy; a $1425, the HF-225 may not fit every
momentary press of the "Filter Se- · budget but for those shoitwave enlect" button causes the LCD to dis- thusiasts seeking close to the ultimate
play the current filter bandwidth. A shortwave receiver, this model is cersubsequent press of the same button tainly worth serious consideration. A
causes the next filter to be selected number of accessories for the HF-225
and displayed. After three seconds, are available, including the K-225 exthe display returns to indicate the ternal keypad, B-225 nicad battery
receiver operating frequency.
pack, W-225 whip antenna and the SThe synchronous AM detector uses
225 external loudspeaker. The unit is
a narrow deviation phase locked os- supplied fitted with the D-225 "decillator to replace the incoming AM tector unit" , a PC board containing a
carrier. When phase locked, this osnarrow band FM detector and a syncillator has exactly the same frequency
chronous AM detector.
as the incoming signal but incoming
Our sample receiver came from the
level changes have no effect on the Australian distributor, Emona Elecdetector, provided that there is some tronics Pty Ltd, 92-94 Wentworth Ave,
signal on which to lock. This helps
Sydney, NSW 2000. Phone (02) 211
reduce the effect of multipath propa- 0988.
SC
MARCH
1993
83
VINTAGE RADIO
By JOHN HILL
Paper capacitors cause lots of trouble
Paper capacitors cause lots of problems in
old valve radio receivers. Often, the best
approach it to simply replace the lot with
modern equivalents.
A fellow collector came to see me
recently, asking if I would repair his
late 1940s mantle model Radiola. He
had not been collecting old radios for
long and did not know how do his
own repairs.
There was a specific and most unusual request regarding this repair. I
.was not to replace any of the capacitors because the owner wanted the set
to look completely original both inside and out.
Readers who are familiar with
Radiolas of that era will know that
that's an impossible task. How can
one repair a Radiola of that vintage
without replacing capacitors?
I questioned the owner for a reason.
It appeared that the guy he bought the
set from had told him that it only
needed a valve but the owner didn't
know which one should be replaced.
We've all heard the old "it only needs
a valve" story before, haven't we?
Original condition
The control knobs and chassismounting bolts were removed and.the
chassis slid out of its cabinet. It was
then up-ended on the workbench and
a quick glance indicated that the set
was still in its original condition.
However, there were signs of capacitor problems everywhere. As was
typical of AWA sets of that era, the
capacitors were black moulded types
carrying the MSP (Manufacturer's
Special Products) brand. Many of
them were showing that characteristic bulge near the ends where separation had taken place inside. It is simply amazing that some of these receivers continue to function (not very
well, I admit) when almost every paper capacitor has become faulty or
ineffective.
I took hold of one of the smaller
capacitors and broke off one end of it
with a "snap". The owner looked
stunned and uttered not a word. I
then cracked off the other end and
gave him the centre section of the
capacitor to view more closely, pointing out the dull appearance of the foil
where it had been separated from the
ends for many years.
By the time the owner left, I had
permission to replace all the original
paper capacitors. Suddenly, originality no longer seemed important and I
had won another convert to my way
of thinking.
New wine, old bottle
When discussing this problem with
a colleague, he reminded me of a trick
which I mentioned in these notes some
years ago. Where original appearance
is important, the trick is to carefully
open the capacitor at one end, saving
any wax involved, extract the "in. nards"; and replace them with a modern capacitor of similar value. The
end is then sealed with the salvaged
wax.
Most modern capacitors are signifiIt's impossible to repair a late 1940s 5-valve Radiola like this unit while leaving
cantly smaller than their older
all of the original paper capacitors intact. Paper capacitors cause a multitude of
problems & should all be replaced with modern polyester units.
counterparts and this trick works well
84
SILICON CHIP
This old paper capacitor behaves more like a lMQ resistor than a capacitor.
A receiver full of such defective components has little chance of working
efficiently, if at aJI.
the set is used , the sooner this happens. Many end up behaving more
like resistors than capacitors.
That said, one should not be overcritical of paper capacitors. They were
originally developed at a time when
paper was about the only practical
and economical material that could
be used in their manufacture. What's
more, some of them still work OK
despite all the uncomplimentary
things I have said about them.
Modern high voltage capacitors use
a thin film of polyester to separate the
layers. These polyester capacitors are ·
also better sealed and their epoxy coating is completely moisture-proof. If a
well-made paper capacitor can last
up to 50 years and still work OK, then
a polyester capacitor should last a
hundred years or longer.
I have always been an advocate of
the "clean sweep" technique whereby
all paper capacitors are replaced with
,;a;
The ends of these old MSP moulded capacitors have completely separated. Old
paper capacitors can be easily described in one word - trouble!
with most cardboard tube type assemblies.
But the black moulded MSP types
used in AWA sets are not candidates
for this trick. This material is ex tremely brittle and is almost imposs_ible to work with. There is little option but to replace these.
About the only thing in favour of
these black moulded capacitors is that
they are well-labelled and their capacitance value is easily identified.
Today, some 40-50 years after they
were made , they are no longer capable of doing the job and must all
be replaced. No doubt, many other
brands of paper capacitors are just as
bad but, when they are encased in a
These black moulded paper
capacitors were used in AWA
receivers from the mid 1930s to the
mid 1950s. They were and still are a
common source of trouble and are
usually found with their ends either
split, bulging or completely separated.
Replacement is the only solution.
cardboard tube, at least the ends don't
drop off.
Leakage problems
Paper capacitors are aptly named they have a waxed paper dielectric
between the foil layers and that's all
there is to insulate the two capacitor
plates. Age, moisture, and chemical
impurities in the paper combine forces
and eventually the dielectric breaks
down. This situation is further aggravated by the voltage applied to the
two plates, which encourages the
chemical action.
As a result, the capacitor develops
an electrical leakage problem. And
the higher the voltage and the more
This old capacitor has obviously been
running much hotter than its maker
originally intended. If a leaky
capacitor passes enough current,
overheating soon becomes a problem.
MARCH
1993
'·
85
.~,;,,,.:,-.---~
Successful restorations depend on a clean-sweep approach to the paper
capacitor problem. Replacing all of a receiver's paper capacitors will often
solve many otherwise difficult to locate faults.
A handful of burnt-out resistors. While a resistor can break down under normal
working conditions, an overload caused by a faulty capacitor is usually the
cause. Replacing the resistor is pointless unless the real culprit (the leaky
capacitor) is also replaced.
modern counterparts. Readers may
think that such a move is not totally
necessary and that some of the old
originals will still work, but I do like
to do things properly. Replacing all
the paper capacitors will not only
solve a few hard to locate problems
but also prevents future problems from
occurring.
Now I know that I have mentioned
these things before. It's a very important aspect of vintage radio repairs
and that's why I keep reminding readers of the troubles that old capacitors
can create. What I haven't mentioned
86
SILICON CHIP
in the past is what specific problems
a particular capacitor fault can cause.
Let's take a look at some.
Coupling capacitor
One of the most troublesome paper
capacitors in a valve radio is the coupling capacitor between the plate of
the driver valve and the control grid
of the output valve. This capacitor
has a high positive (plate) voltage at
one end and a negative (grid bias)
voltage at the other end. If it develops
a leakage problem, lots of nasty things
happen.
Leakage in this capacitor will allow
the plate voltage to override the negative grid bias and apply a positive
bias to the grid. This has two immediate effects: gross distortion of the audio signal and excessive plate current
drawn by the output valve. Running a
receiver for a long period while in
this state will shorten the life of the
output valve. But the problems do not
end there.
If the output valve is drawing excessive current, then the rectifier valve
will endeavour to supply it. Accordingly, the rectifier may also be overloaded and its life reduced if the set
continues to work under these conditions. And there are other components
which can be effected by this one
leaky capacitor.
The excessive current also flows
through the output transformer primary and the loudspeaker field coil,
or high tension choke. A hot field coil
or choke is a good indication of excess high tension current flow. Field
coils and high tension chokes should
not run any hotter than moderately
warm.
No, we haven't finished yet! Any
component breakdown that causes
excessive high tension current can
also overload the power transformer,
which may also overheat.
Replacing the faulty coupling capacitor with a modern high voltage
equivalent will most likely mean that
this problem will never happen again
for as long as the set is in existence.
This is just one reason that I am so
enthusiastic about replacing old paper capacitors with superior modern
types.
Overloaded resistors
A leakage problem or an internal
short in any high tension capacitor
may cause similar overload problems.
However, the problem may be more
localised, involving simply an overloaded resistor.
If a faulty screen bypass capacitor
is allowing current to flow from the
screen to chassis, then the resistor
that feeds the sere.en grid must bear
the overload. Often it can't, becomes
open circuit, and the receiver stops
working. In such a case, it is pointless
replacing the burnt-out resistor without also replacing the faulty capacitor
that caused the overload in the first
place.
So, a burnt-out screen resistor is a
Paper capacitors come in all shapes and sizes. The larger ones are "block
capacitors", a metal cased variety that were used for high tension filtering &
cathode bypassing before the advent of electrolytics.
tions and may have little or no voltage
across them. Even so, these capacitors can still become leaky and cause
all sorts of problems.
For example, leaky capacitors in
the AGC (automatic gain control) line
can cause trouble and reduce the effectiveness of the system since they
behave like resistors!
I remember trying to repair my first
dual-wave receiver many years ago.
The broadcast band was working reasonably well but the shortwave section was really "short"; in fact, it was
so "short" that there was nothing there
at all.
In desperation, I eventually went to
see our village expert on such matters. "Get rid of all those useless old
capacitors", was his first comment,
"and any resistors in there that have
gone high too"!
That was the best piece of vintage
radio advice I have ever received. After replacing the paper capacitors and
two resistors in the frequency converter circuit, the shortwave section
sprang into life.
Without that timely advice, I would
probably still be floundering around
in the dark.
SC
RESURRECTION
RADIO
One of the most troublesome paper capacitors in old radios is the coupling
capacitor between the plate of the driver valve and the control grid of the
output valve. This capacitor has a high positive voltage at one end & a negative
(bias) voltage at the other. Ifit becomes leaky, lots of nasty things happen.
pretty sure sign of a faulty capacitor.
A couple ofmilliamps screen current
doesn't usually cause a resistor much
concern and its failure is reasonable
evidence of an overload problem. Of
course, there's such a thing as a faulty
resistor but there are a lot more faulty
capacitors.
While on the subject of resistors, I
always make a "finger check" to test
for overheating. This is done with the
receiver switched off after it has been
operating for half and hour or so.
If there are any hot resistors, it's
important to find out why. There are
often some that work quite warm but
if they run really hot, it's advisable to
do some checking. If the current is
around normal, there may be a problem with that particular resistor.
Often, a few simple checks like this
can prevent a future and possibly expensive breakdown. This is most important when doing repairs for others; if a set stops working soon after it
has supposedly been fixed , it becomes
a reflection on the repairer. The fact
that he is expected to guarantee dozens of 50-year old parts to work forever is another matter.
Not all of the capacitors in a valve
radio work under high voltage condi-
Vintage Wireless Specialists
Repairs - Restoration - Sales
Our skilled technicians offer QUALITY repairs and restoration.
We also have a large stock of bakelite and
timber radios fully restored and for SALE.
Parts are available for the enthusiast, including over 900 valve types, high voltage
capacitors, transformers, dial glasses,
knobs, grille cloth etc.
Circuit diagrams for most Australian makes
and models.
Send SAE for our catalog.
WANTED: Valves, Radios, etc.
Purchased for CASH
Call in to our showroom at:
51 Chapel Street (PO Box 1116),
Windsor, Vic 3181.
Phone: (03) 529 5639; Fax (03) 510 4486
MARCH
1993
87
Silicon Chip
BACK ISSUES
July 1988: Stereo Control Preamplifier, Pt.2; Fitting A Fuel Cut-Off Solenoid To Your Car; Booster
For TV & FM Signals; The Discolight Light Show,
Pt.1; Tone Burst Source For Amplifier Headroom
Testing; What Is Negative Feedback, Pt.3.
August 1988: Building A Plasma Display; Universal Power Supply Board; Remote Chime/ Doorbell; High Performance AC Millivoltmeter, Pt.1;
Discolight Light Show, Pt.2 ; Getting The Most Out
Of Nicad Batteries; Data On Insulated Tab Triacs.
September 1988: Hands-Free Speakerphone ;
Electronic Fish Bite Detector; High .Performance
AC Millivoltmeter, Pt.2; Build The Vader Voice;
Motorola MC34018 Speakerphone IC Data; What
Is Negative Feedback, Pt.4.
October 1988: Stereo FM Transmitter (Uses
Rohm BA1404); High Performance FM Antenna;
Matchbox Crystal Set; Electronic House Number;
Converting A CB Radio To The 28MHz Band;
Queensland's Powerful Electric Locomotives.
November 1988: 120W PA Amplifier Module
(Uses Mosfets); Poor Man's Plasma Display ;
Automotive Night Safety Light; Adding A Headset
To The Speakerphone; How To Quieten The Fan
In Your Computer; Screws & Screwdrivers, What
You Need To Know; Diesel Electric Locomotives.
December 1988: 120W PA Amplifier (With Bal-
anced Inputs), Pt.1; Diesel Sound Generator; Car
Antenna/Demister Adaptor; SSB Adaptor For
Shortwave Receivers; Why Diesel Electrics Killed
Off Steam ; Index to Volume 1.
January 1989: Line Filter For Computers; Ultrasonic Proximity Detector For Cars; 120W PA Amplifier (With Balanced Inputs) Pt.1; How To SeNice Car Cassette Players; Massive Diesel Electrics In The USA; Marantz LD50 Loudspeakers.
February 1989: Transistor Beta Tester; Minstrel
2-30 Loudspeaker System; LED Flasher For Model
Railways; Build A Simple VHF FM Monitor (uses
MC3362), Pt.1; Lightning & Electronic Appliances;
Using Comparators to Detect & Measure.
March 1989: LED Message Board, Pt.1; 32-Band
Graphic Equaliser, Pt.1 ; Stereo Compressor For
CD Players; Amateur VHF FM Monitor, Pt.2; Signetics NE572 Compandor IC Data; Map reader
For Trip Calculations ; Electronics For Everyone Resistors.
April 1989: Auxiliary Brake Light Flasher; Electronics For Everyone: What You Need to Know
About Capacitors; Telephone Bell Monitor/ Transmitter; 32-Band Graphic Equaliser, Pt.2; LED Message Board, Pt.2.
May 1989: Electronic Pools/Lotto Selector; Synthesised Tom-Tom; Biofeedback Monitor For Your
PC; Simple Stub Filter For Suppressing TV Interference; LED Message Board, Pt.3; Electronics
For Everyone - All About Electrolytic Capacitors.
June 1989: Touch-Lamp Dimmer (uses Siemens
SLB0586); Passive Loop Antenna For AM Radios; Universal Temperature Controller; Understanding CAO Probes; LED Message Board, Pt.3.
July 1989: Exhaust Gas Monitor (Uses TGS812
Gas Sensor); Extension For The Touch-Lamp
Dimmer; Experimental Mains Hum Sniffers; Compact Ultrason ic Car Alarm; NSW 86 Class Electric
Locomotives.
September 1989: 2-Chip Portable AM Stereo
Radio (Uses MC13024 and TX7376P) Pt.1; AlarmTriggered Telephone Dialler; High Or Low Fluid
Level Detector; Simple DTMF Encoder; Studio
Series 20-Band Stereo Equaliser, Pt.2; Auto-Zero
Module for Audio Amplifiers (Uses LMC669).
October 1989: Introducing Remote Control; FM
Radio Intercom For Motorbikes Pt.1; GaAsFet
Preamplifier For Amateur TV; 1Mb Printer Buffer;
2-Chip Portable AM Stereo Radio, Pt.2; Installing
A Hard Disc In The PC.
November 1989: Radfax Decoder For Your PC
(Displays Fax, RTTY & Morse); Sensitive FM Wireless Microphone; FM Radio Intercom For Motorbikes, Pt.2; 2-Chip Portable AM Stereo Radio,
Pt.3; Floppy Disc Drive Formats & Optioris; The
Pilbara Iron Ore Railways.
December 1989: Digital Voice Board (Records
Up To Four Separate Messages); UHF Remote
Switch; Balanced Input & Output Stages; Data
For The LM831 Low Voltage Amplifier IC; Install
A Clock Card In Your PC; Index to Volume 2.
January 1990: High Quality Sine/Square Oscillator; Service Tips For Your VCR; Speeding Up
Your PC; Phone Patch For Radio Amateurs; Ac-
Use this handy form to order you,· back issues
l
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -.- - - - - - - - - - - -
Please send me a back issue for:
O October 1988
0 November 1988
0 March 1989
0 April 1989
U September 1989
O October 1989
0 February 1990
0 March 1990
0 July 1990
0 August 1990
O December 1990
O January 1991
O May 1991
o June 1991
O October 1991
O November 1991
O March 1992
O April 1992
O August 1992
0 September 1992
O January 1993
O February 1993
0 July 1988
December 1988
0 May 1989
O November 1989
0 April 1990
O September 1990
O February 1991
0 July 1991
O December 1991
0 May 1992
O October 1992
o
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $_ _ _or please debit my:
O August 1988
O January 1989
0 June 1989
O December 1989
O May 1990
o October 1990
O March 1991
O August 1991
O January 1992
0 June 1992
O November 1992
O Bankcard
Card No.
Signature _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ Card expiry date_ _ /_ _
O Visa Card
---7
O September 1988
O February 1989
D July 1989
0 January 1990
O June 1990
o November 1990
0 April 1991
o September 1991
O February 1992
0 July 1992
O December 1992
O Master Card
$5.00 each (includes p&p) . Overseas
orders add $1 each for postage. NZ
orders are sent air mail.
Street _ __ __ _ _ _ __ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _
Detach and mail to:
SILICON CHIP PUBLICATIONS
PO BOX 139
COLLAROY BEACH NSW 2097
Suburb/town _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ Postcode _ _ _ _ __
Or call (02) 979 5644 & quote your
credit card details. Fax (02) 979 6503.
Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __
L----------------------------------- ---~--88
SILICON CHIP
live Antenna Kit; Speed Controller For Ceiling
Fans; Designing UHF Transmitter Stages.
February 1990: 16-Channel Mixing Desk; High
Quality Audio Oscillator, Pt.2; The Incredible Hot
Canaries; Random Wire Antenna Tuner For 6
Metres; Phone Patch For Radio Amateurs , Pt.2;
PC Program Calculates Great Circle Bearings.
March 1990: 6/12V Charger For Sealed LeadAcid Batteries; Delay Unit For Automatic Antennas; Workout Timer For Aerobics Classes; 16Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.2; Using The UC3906
SLA Battery Charger IC.
April 1990: Dual Tracking ±50V Power Supply;
VOX With Delayed Audio; Relative Field Strength
Meter; 16-Channel Mixing Desk, Pt.3; Active CW
Filter For Weak Signal Reception; How To Find
Vintage Radio Receivers From The 1920s.
May 1990: Build A 4-Digit Capacitance Meter;
High Energy Ignition For Cars With Reluctor Distributors ; The Mozzie CW Transceiver; Waveform
Generation Using A PC, Pt.3; 16-Channel Mixing
Desk, Pt.4.
June 1990: Multi-Sector Home Burglar Alarm ;
Low-Noise Universal Stereo Preamplifier; Load
Protection Switch For Power Supplies; A Speed
Alarm For Your Car; Design Factors For Model
Aircraft; Fitting A Fax Card To A Computer.
July 1990: Digital Sine/Square Generator, Pt.1
(Covers 0-500kHz); Burglar Alarm Keypad & Combination Lock; Simple Electronic Die; Low-Cost
Dual Power Supply; Inside A Coal Burning Power
Station; Weather Fax Frequencies.
August 1990: High Stability UHF Remote Transmitter; Universal Safety Timer For Mains Appliances (9 Minutes); Horace The Electronic Cricket;
Digital Sine/Square Wave Generator, Pt.2.
September 1990: Music On Hold For Your Telephone; Remote Control Extender For VCRs ;
Power Supply For Burglar Alarms; Low-Cost 3Digit Counter Module; Simple Shortwave Converter For The 2-Metre Band.
October 1990: Low-Cost Siren For Burglar
Alarms; Dimming Controls For The Discolight;
Surfsound Simulator; DC Offset For DMMs ; The
Dangers of Polychlorinated Biphenyls; Using The
NE602 In Home-Brew Converter Circuits.
November 1990: How To Connect Two TV Sets
To One VCR; A Really Snazzy Egg Timer; LowCost Model Train Controller; Battery Powered Laser Pointer; 1.5V To 9V DC Converter; Introduction To Digital Electronics; Simple 6-Metre Amateur Transmitter.
December 1990: DC-DC Converter For Car Amplifiers; The Big Escape -A Game Of Skill ; Wiper
Pulser For Rear Windows; Versatile 4-Digit Combination Lock; 5W Power Amplifier For The 6Metre Amateur Transmitter; Index To Volume 3.
January 1991: Fast Charger For Nicad Batteries,
Pt.1; The Fruit Machine; Two-Tone Alarm Module; Laser Power Supply; LCD Readout For The
Capacitance Meter; How Quartz Crystals Work;
The Dangers When Servicing Microwave Ovens.
February 1991: Synthesised Stereo AM Tuner,
Pt.1; Three Inverters For Fluorescent Lights; LowCost Sinewave Oscillator; Fast Charger For Nicad
Batteries, Pt.2; How To Design Amplifier Output
Stages; Tasmania's Hydroelectric Power System.
March 1991: Remote Controller For Garage
Doors, Pt.1; Transistor Beta Tester Mk.2; Synthe-
sised AM Stereo Tuner, Pt.2; Multi-Purpose 1/0
Board For PC-Compatibles; Universal Wideband
RF Preamplifier For Amateurs & TV; A Look At
The Config.Sys & Ansi.Sys Files.
April 1991: Steam Sound Simulator For Model
Railroads; Remote Controller For Garage Doors,
Pt.2; Simple 12/24V Light Chaser; Synthesised
AM Stereo Tuner, Pt.3; A Practical Approach To
Amplifier Design, Pt.2; Playing With The Ansi.Sys
File; FSK Indicator For HF Transmissions.
May 1991: Build A DTMF Decoder; 13.5V 25A
Power Supply For Transceivers; Stereo Audio
Expander; Fluorescent Light Simulator For Model
Railways; How To Install Multiple TV Outlets, Pt.1;
Setting Screen Colours On Your PC.
June 1991: A Corner Reflector Antenna For UHF
TV; 4-Channel Lighting Desk, Pt.1; 13.5V 25A
Power Supply For Transceivers; Active Filter For
CW Reception; Electric Vehicle Transmission
Options; Tuning In To Satellite TV, Pt.1.
July 1991: Battery Discharge Pacer For Electric
Vehicles ; Loudspeaker Protector For Stereo Amplifiers; 4-Channel Lighting Desk, Pt.2; How To
Install Multiple TV Outlets, Pt.2 ; Tuning In To
Satellite TV, Pt.2; PEP Monitor For Transceivers.
August 1991: Build A Digital Tachometer; Masthead Amplifier For TV & FM; PC Voice Recorder;
Tuning In To Satellite TV, Pt.3; Installing Windows On Your PC; Step-By-Step Vintage Radio
Repairs.
September 1991: Studio 3-55L 3-Way Loudspeaker System ; Digital Altimeter For Gliders &
Ultralights, Pt.1 ; Build A Fax/Modem For Your
Computer; The Basics Of AID & DIA Conversion ;
Windows 3 Swapfiles, Program Groups & Icons.
October 1991: Build A Talking Voltmeter For
Your PC, Pt.1; SteamSound Simu latorMk.II; Magnetic Field Strength Meter; Digital Altimeter For
Gliders & Ultralights, Pt.2; Getting To Know The
Windows PIF Editor.
November 1991: Colour TV Pattern Generator,
Pt.1 ; Battery Charger For Solar Panels; Flashing
Alarm Light For Cars; Digital Altimeter For Gliders
& Ultralights, Pt.3; Build A Talking Voltmeter For
Your PC, Pt.2; Error Analyser For CD Players
Pt.3; Modifying The Windows INI Files.
December 1991: TV Transmitter For VCRs With
UHF Modulators; lnfrared Light Beam Relay; SolidState Laser Pointer; Colour TV Pattern Generator, Pt.2; Windows 3 & The Dreaded Unrecoverable Application Error; Index To Volume 4.
January 1992: 4-Channel Guitar Mixer; Adjustable 0-45V 8A Power Supply, Pt.1 ; Baby Room
Monitor/FM Transmitter; Automatic Controller For
Car Headlights; Experiments For Your Games
Card ; Restoring An AWA Radiolette Receiver.
February 1992: Compact Digital Voice Recorder;
SO-Watt/Channel Stereo Power Amplifier; 12VDC/
240VAC 40-Watt Inverter; Adjustable 0-45V 8A
Power Supply, Pt.2; Designing A Speed Controller For Electric Models.
March 1992: TV Transmitter For VHF VCRs;
Studio Twin Fifty Stereo Amp lifier, Pt.1'; Thermostatic Switch For Car Radiator Fans; Telephone
Call Timer; Coping With Damaged Computer
Directories; Valve Substitution In Vintage Radios;
The AR-1500 & AR-2800 Scanning Receivers.
April 1992: lnfrared Remote Control For Model
Railroads; Differential Input Buffer For CROs; Studio Twin Fifty Stereo Amplifier, Pt.2; Understand-
ing Computer Memory; Switching Frequencies in
Model Speed Controllers; Aligning Vintage Radio
Receivers, Pt.1.
May 1992: Build A Telephone Intercom; LowCost Electronic Doorbell; Battery Eliminator For
Personal Players; lnfrared Remote Control For
Model Railroads , Pt.2; A Look At Large Screen
High Resolution Monitors; OS2 Is Really Here;
Aligning Vintage Radio Receivers, Pt.2.
June 1992: Multi-Station Headset Intercom, Pt.1;
Video Switcher For Camcorders & VCRs; lnfrared
Remote Control For Model Railroads, Pt.3; 15Watt 12-240V Inverter; What's New In Oscilloscopes?; A Look At Hard Disc Drives.
July 1992: Build A Nicad Battery Discharger; 8Station Automatic Sprinkler Timer; Portable 12V
SLA Battery Charger; Off-Hook Timer For Telephones; Multi-Station Headset Intercom , Pt.2;
Understanding The World Of CB Radio; Electronics Workbench For Home Or Lab.
August 1992: Build An Automatic SLA Battery
Charger; Miniature 1.5V To 9V DC Converter;
The lnterphone Digital Telephone Exchange, Pt.1 ;
Dummy Load Box For Large Audio Amplifiers ;
Internal Combustion Engines For Model Aircraft;
Troubleshooting Vintage Radio Receivers.
September 1992: Multi-Sector Home Burglar
Alarm; The lnterphone Digital Telephone Exchange , Pt.2; General-Purpose 3½-Digit LCD
Panel Meter; Track Tester For Model Railroads ;
Build A Relative Field Strength Meter; Internal
Combustion Engines For Model Aircraft, Pt.2.
October 1992: 2kW 24VDC To 240VAC Sinewave Inverter; Multi-Sector Home Burglar Alarm ,
Pt.2; Mini Amplifier For Personal Stereos; Electronically Regulated Battery Charger (Charges 6V,
12V & 24V Lead-Acid Batteries); Internal Com bustion Engines Fo.r Model Aircraft, Pt.2.
November 1992: MAL-4 Microcontroller Board,
Pt.1; Simple FM Radio Receiver; lnfrared Night
Viewer; Speed Controller For Electric Models,
Pt.1; 2kW 24VDC To 240VAC Sinewave Inverter,
Pt.2 ; Automatic Nicad Battery Discharger; Modifications To The Drill Speed Controller.
December 1992: Diesel Sound Simulator For
Model Railroads; Easy-To-Build UHF Remote
Switch; MAL-4 Microcontroller Board, Pt.2 ; Speed
Controller For Electric Models, Pt.2; 2kW 24VDC
To 240VAC Sinewave Inverter, Pt.3; High Voltage Probes - Beware The Dangers ; Index To
Volume 5.
January ·1993: Peerless PSK60/2 2-Way Hifi
Loudspeakers; Flea-Power AM Radio Transmitter; High Intensity LED Flasher For Bicycles ; 2kW
24VDC To 240VAC Sinewave Inverter, Pt.4;
Speed Controller For Electric Models, Pt.3; Restoring A 1920s t(it Radio
February 1993: Three Simple Projects For Model
Railroads; A Low Fuel Indicator For Your Car;
Audio Level/VU Meter With LED Readout; Build
An Electronic Cockroach; MAL-4 Microcontroller
Board, Pt.3; 2kW 24VDC To 240VAC Sinewave
Inverter, Pt.5; File Backups With LHA & PKZIP.
PLEASE NOTE: All issues from November 1987
to June 1988 plus the August 1989 issue are now
sold out. All other issues are presently in stock.
For readers wanting articles from sold-out issues,
we can supply photostat copies (or tearsheets) at
$5.00 per article, including postage. When supplying photostat articles or back copies , we automatically supply any relevant Notes & Errata at no
extra charge.
MARCH
1993
89
ASK SILICON CIIlP
Got a technical problem? Can't understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we'll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Problems with
Discolight project
I am having difficulties in chasing
down a problem with one of your
older designs, the Discolight (SILICON
CHIP, July 1988). The project kit had a
fair few missing parts. I have a good
soldering technique and I am reasonably experienced with project construction.
When the Display switch is set to
Modulated, all four channels work
correctly (obviously the Beat switch
is set to Music). When the Display
switch is set to Unmodulated, all three
patterns work on Chaser, Strobe and
Alternate, with the Beat switch set to
Oscillator or Music.
But when the Display switch is set
to Mod (Modulated), the Beat switch
to Music and the Pattern switch to
Chaser, only two channels operate.
Normally, these are channels 2 & 4,
but if I turn the power switch off and
then back on again, sometimes channels 1 & 3 are the only ones that work.
dccasionally none of the channels
light. If the Pattern switch is changed
to Alternate, normally only channels
1 & 2 work but sometimes only channels 3 & 4 work. If the Beat switch is
set to Oscillator, none of the above
problems appear: All four channels
How to combine
· two TV antennas
I live in an area where only two
_television channels ·are available.
Cha.onel 2 is easily received using
g 2 or 3-elernent antenna, but channel 9 requtres a very high gain
· antenna and a masthead amplifier. I need a means of combining
these two inputs (750 each) to a
common downlead (75.Q). The
·commercially available diplexers
,only offer onlll VHF and one UHF
input; the latter attenuates either
.· :Channel too much.
90
SILICON CHIP
modulate the pattern set by the Pattern switch.
Any suggestions as to the problem,
or where to look, would be much appreciated. (P. M., Caringbah, NSW).
• Your problem of incorrect patterns
is a side effect of using all three settings together. The reason is that the
source of modulation also causes
movement in the pattern. The result
is that the modulation signal will tend
to dominate the beat pattern and so
some lights will go out from time to
time. This can be checked by noting
that all four channels work properly
when the Beat switch is set to Oscillator.
Horace won't
shut up
I have a problem with Horace the
Cricket, as described in the August
1990 issue of SILICON CHIP. I have
assembled and tested him , only to
find that he will not stop chirping
when there is silence.
I have checked my work against the
diagram on numerous occasions to
make sure it is right. My teacher and I
have been all over it with a multimeter and found that one of the capacitors wasn't releasing electricity. The
capacitor I refer to is the one on the
Would you please provide a circuit for a diplexer specifically fOT
these two channels, with an AC~
only path to channel 2 and an AC
+ DC path to channel 9? fA. $.,
Denmark, WA),
• Unfortunately we don't have
such a circuit and the desjgn procedure: for such circuit$ is rathe,r
specialised. Perhaps one of our
readers can provide a design. In
the mean:time, the most effeclive
means of coupling the two signals
may be to use a simple changeover
switch which would have no losses
at all .
lefthand side looking from the front
directly behind the piezo transducer.
My teacher suggested soldering in a
larger capacitor but I still have the
same problem. Could you please give
me some advice on how to make
Horace fully functional? (D. S., Murtoa, Vic).
• There am two possible reasons for
the circuit failing to operate correctly.
One is that you have the diode in the
wrong way around. The other is that
the two 0.ZZµF capacitors are not low
leakage types. Another possible reason for the malfunction is an incorrect resistor value.
Problem with
plasma display
After more than four years, I have
finally got around to building the
plasma display in the August 1988
issue of SILICON CHIP. I elected to go it
alone, rather than buy a kit, but I have
run into a problem: the glass jar with
the inert gas inside.
But it's not what you think. I know
a glass blower who can make the glass
baUfor me (see below), and my brother
has access to the chemistry laboratory
at RMIT to evacuate the glass and
introduce some inert gas. My problem is the insertion of the electrode
into the glass. How is that achieved?
In the second last paragraph of the
article (page 12) it says " ... but keep
your hands and fingers away from the
lid of the container. If your hands
stray too close you may get a nasty
shock directly from the lid". Does this
mean that the lid is metal rather than
plastic? If so, is the high voltage electrode insulated from the lid and how
is it done?
Maybe I'm wrong but if the high
voltage electrode was connected to a
metal lid, the current path would be
directly to the glass and to the plastic
pipe and thus the display wouldn't
work.
Could you please give me some advice on the insertion of the electrode
and what type of sealant may be re-
quired to do this; eg, plaster, car body
filler, silicone, etc. (R. H., Glen Iris,
Vic).
• The project in question did have a
conventional jar lid which meant that
the lid was live. You could use a high
voltage electrode inserted into a plastic lid but then you may have more
problems with sealing.
We can assure you that, with a metal
lid, the plasma display works quite
well and there is no question of the
current somehow shorting from the
metal lid to the glass. Consider that
· the current is high frequency AC and,
therefore, the outer surface of the glass
could be considered to be a high impedance electrode, with the return
path back via the air or your body, if
you happen to touch the glass.
We am not sure as to what type of
sealant was used in the original
plasma display but if you are going to
use a silicone sealant, it would be
best to use one that has virtually no
outgassing. It might be a good idea to
contact Selleys or one of the other
manufacturers for their recommendations.
Protecting a
power supply
I have a query regarding a power
supply I recently built. It is a fairly
conventional design, 20A at 13.8V, to
power my FT 757 on our periodic
caravan trips. It works extremely well.
The caravan also has its own battery, charged by the aforementioned
supply when we are connected to the
power mains. This is also OK when
the mains are connected but look at
the situation when the mains power
goes off for any reason. The emitters
of the four 2N3055 transistors still
have a nominal +12V applied to them
but their collectors will effectively be
at ground, through the bleeder resistor. This would seem like reverse polarity of the pass transistors and may
destroy them.
Is this supposition correct? I have
built other power supplies in the past,
for a similar type of service, without
any difficulties, but it seems to me
that I am pushing my luck. I had intended to connect a relay in series
with output of the supply and energise it from the output of the bridge
rectifier. This would disconnect the
supply from the battery as soon as the
mains power is removed.
Restoring the zap
to ignition systems
I may have experienced a simila:i; fault to that encountered by G.
L. of Emerald, Vic, as mentioned
on page 100 in the January 1993
edition ("Ford Telstar Ignition
Loses Its Spark"). Although the
ignition system I put together had
a photodiode/LED pickup, I would
say that the problem in the output
would be sfmilar.
Quite simply, I think the problem is that the high back-EMF from
the primary winding of the ignition coil has arced through the
insulating washer under the output transistor. Ignition system reliability is so important that I
changed the single insulator to a
stack of four and took the added
Am I correct in my supposition? It
has been suggested that I use a large
series diode at the supply's output
but I am not all that enamoured with
diodes in this situation - I feel it would
upset the supply's regulation, which
is now very good. (R. G., Mount Bryan,
SA).
• It is possible that with mains voltage not applied, the power transistor
in your power supply could be damaged by reverse voltage. The simple
solution to this may be to place a
power diode capable of carrying more
than 6A in series with each power
transistor emitter. Because these diodes will be inside the feedback loop
of the power supply, they will not
affect the regulation performance. The
alternative of one large series diode
will w9rk but it will reduce the regulation. Relay isolation will work too.
Flickering problem with
Touch-Lamp Dimmer
I have some problems with the
Touch-Lamp Dimmer which was described in the June 1989 issue of SILICON CHIP. I have built two, one installed in my bathroom and the other
in a zippy box that operates a bedside
reading lamp.
There seems to an intermittent flickering problem that is at an irritating
level (rather than just noticeable)
precaution of insulating the die- ,I
cast case from earth. A very healthy
spark and trouble-free operation
has been enjoyed since.
If I make any more of these (and
they are well worth it), a plastic
zippy box with an aluminium top
is a better choice than a diecast
box. Mount the transistor hard on
the top, all above earth potential,
and mount the box into the engine
compartment via the plastic portion. Precious little heatsinking of
the output transistor is required.
(G. H., Doubleview, WA).
• We think that using four insulating washers is going over the top
and you may find the transistor
failing because its heat cannot pass
through all the washers. Use two
washers by all means but no more
than that.
when trying to read by the light. Quite
likely, this is caused by the SEQEB
controlled tariff pulses that periodically appear on the power lines to
operate domestic hot water equipment. Can the filter in this circuit be
modified to minimise this interference? (I guess that the meter pulses
would be lkHz in frequency).
I have also had problems using this
device in close proximity to a multistation headset intercom system similar to that described in the June 1992
issue of SILICON CHIP (when plugged
into the same GPO as the intercom
power supply). Interference generated
by the dimmer rendered the intercom
unusable and so it had to be disconnected during the concert production).
The wall-mounted version seems
less sensitive to power line variations
(perhaps a subjective assessment) but
has another problem in that the higher
than normal moisture content of the
room is causing significant false triggering. This results in sporadic operation when the room is in use and
ghostly operation at other times, where
the light will come on in the middle
of the day or night for no reason.
The operation with the touchplate
installed varies from continuous cycling of the dimmer through to uncontrollable flashing and cycling, especially in the winter months when
condensation on the walls is signifiMARCH
1993
91
Autoranging DMM
has only three digits
I have an autoranging DMM that
only gives a display of three digits,
even though it covers from 450VDCdown to 0.lmV in five ranges.
My question to you is could you
help to make my meter read six
digits, even if it has to do so slowly
and in a number of steps. I don't
imagine that you would suggest
any modifications to the internal
workings of the meter but I hope
you can supply me with a method
cant. I have got around this false triggering by removing the touchplate,
which means the device will only
operate by touching directly the protruding screw.
Is it possible to reduce the sensitivity to the touchplate without compromising safety, or is the circuit just not
suited to working in a high humidity
area? (C. T., Brisbane, Qld) .
• To improve the circuit's immunity
to control tones on the mains, increase
the .0068µF capacitor at pin 4 to a
maximum of .033µF. This should solve
the flickering problem when mains
tones are present but it also has the
effect of increasing the minimum
brightness level. The capacitor at pin
4 is a compromise between the minimum brightness setting and immunity to mains tones.
You can also obtain more immunity by changing the integrator component at pin 3. Replace the 680kQ
resistor and .0022µF capacitor with a
or perhaps even an external circuit that would do the trick.
I enclose a copy of the instruction booklet ofmy meter. Any help
would be appreciated. (H. G., Dickson, ACT).
• As far as we can see from the
specifications you have enclosed,
your meter should display four
digits rather than three at any time.
It is not possible to add extra digits
to the unit, although it is possible
to increase the effective resolution
by providing a fixe<J_ DC offset at a
given measurement.
lOOkQ resistor and a 0.lµF capacitor.
Audio interference generated by the
dimmer should be minimal when it is
powered from a separate mains circuit. Extra filtering by way of a second lO0uH inductor and 0. lµF capacitor will be necessary when the
dimmer is powered from the same
mains circuit as sensitive audio equipment.
False triggering can be caused by a
film of dirt or condensation on the
plastic surround of the touchplate.
Wiping the plastic plate periodically
should minimise this. If this fails, the
sensitivity can be reduced by reducing the value of the lMQ resistor at
pin 5 to 470kQ.
UHF remote switch
for a PC
I wish to comment on the design of
the UHF Remote Switch that was published in the December 1992 issue of
Silicon Chip Binders
* High quality with heavy board
covers; will look great on your
bookshelf.
*(or Each
binder holds up to 14 issues
12 issues plus 2 catalogs).
*
logo printed in goldcoloured lettering on spine & cover.
SILICON CHIP
Price: $A 11.95 plus $3 p&p each (NZ $6 p&p). Just fill in & mail the order form
in this issue; or fax (02) 979 6503; or ring (02) 979 5644 & quote your credit card
number; or buy a 12-month subscription & get the binder at a discount.
92
SILICON CHIP
SILICON CHIP. The pre-built front-end
is what I have been after for a long
time. However, . it appears that this
design is just like all others in that the
receiver has a single output instead of
delivering the full transmitted code
in parallel.
What I am seeking to do is connect
such a receiver to a PC via the parallel
port. However, the address lines are
not necessary on the receiver although
they are on the transmitter. Would
you be able to assist me in finding the
appropriate 12-bit encoder and the
necessary interface components. To
minimise redundant data to the XT/
AT, is there such a decoder able to
provide a data ready pulse to ensure
handshaking is installed?
Is there an inductance meter or
adapter for multimeters available?
Regarding the 386 upgrade, I believe that upgrades are questionable.
Surely it is senseless to spend so much
money on ridiculously expensive upgrades when a new 386 40MHz system can be purchased for $1,600 from
Ritronics. If anyone has a 286 system
that they can't sell for $600 then the
system isn't worth upgrading.
Question ... the Number Cruncher.
What age group are you aiming at? I
think that kids would find little pleasure in playing with this "toy" when
nothing comes close to their Sega or
Gameboy. (N. H., Longreach Qld).
• You are not alone in wanting a device which has parallel outputs. However, at present we do not know of
any device or circuit which will provide a parallel link to a computer. An
inductance meter adaptor kit is available from Jaycar Electronics.
Regarding the 386 upgrade, we agree
that pricing can make the whole concept questionable and that is why we
made a comment along those lines at
the end of the article. However, due to
the fact that computer prices are dropping all the time, you may find it
quite difficult to obtain $600 or more
for a 286 system which is more than a
few years old.
The Number Cruncher is certainly
not aimed at little kids. It is aimed at
older readers who wish to build a
project for fun and learning.
Notes & Errata
LED Flasher For Bicycles, January
1993: the circuit on page 41 shows
pins 1 & 4 of ICl swapped. The PC
board & wiring diagram are correct.
ORDER -FORM
BACK ISSUES*
MONTH
YEAR
YEAR
MONTH
MONTH
YEAR
MONTH
YEAR
*Back issues are $AS each (incl. postage).
Overseas orders add $A1 per issue for postage.
BINDERS
Please send me _ _ SILICON CHIP binder(s)
at $A14.95 each (incl. postage). Overseas orders
please add $A3.00 each for postage.
TOTAL PRICE $A
SUBSCRIPTIONS
D
New subscription - month to start
D
Renewal - Sub. No.
r------------,
D
RATES (please tick one)
2 years (24 issues)
D
D
D
D
D
Australia
Australia with binder(s)*
NZ & PNG (airmail)
Overseas surface mail
Overseas airmail
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Gift subscription l<at>f'
1 year (12 issues)
$A84
D
$A42
$A105
0
D
D
D
$A53
$A130
$A130
$A240
$A65
$A65
$A120
*1 binder with 1-year subscription; 2 binders with 2-year subscription
I
I
YOUR DETAILS
Your Name
(PLEASE PRINT)
Address
Postcode
Daytime telephone number
I
GIFT SUBSCRIPTION DETAILS
Month to start
Message
Gift for:
Name
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
(PLEASE PRINT)
I Address
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Postcode
I State
I
IL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ...JI
Signature
o Cheque/Money Order D Bankcard D Visa Card D Master Card
''
Card No.
I I I I II I I I II I I I II I I I I
Phone (02) 979 5644
Fax (02) 979 6503
9am-5pm Mon-Fri.
Please have your credit card
details ready
Fax the coupon with you r
credit card details
24 hours 7 days a week
Card expiry date
I
Mail coupon to :
Freepost 25
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach 2097
No pc stage stamp required in Australia
MARCH
1993
93
. . . . . T CENIRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
ANTIQUE RADIO
ANTIQUE RADIO restorations. Your
one-stop radio repair shop. Specialising
in restoring vintage radios, including
chassis rewiring, re-condensing, quality
new parts, valves, valve sockets,
speakers, power & audio transformers.
Secondhand radio dials & parts for most
brands & models. About 400 radios in
stock for sale, restoration & parts. Every
restored wireless is covered by a 2year warranty on parts & labour. We
restore damaged woodwork & cabinets
& French polish (approx. 40 coats).
Vintage car radios available for sale or
restoration. Repairs done on tape decks.
r-------------------------,
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for this page: Classified ads: $10.00 for up to 15 words plus 40
cents for each additional word. Display ads (casual rate): $20 per column
centimetre (Max. 10cm). Closing date: five weeks prior to month of sale.
To run your classified ad, print it clearly in the space below or on a separate sheet
of paper & send it with your cheque or credit card details to: Silicon Chip
Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097. Or fax the details to (02)
979 6503.
Open Sat. 10am-5pm; Sun. 12.30-5pm.
109 Cann St, Bass Hill, NSW 2197.
Phone (02) 645 3173 BH or (02) 726
1613AH.
FOR SALE
WEATHER FAX programs for IBM X,T/
ATs *** "RADFAX2" $35 is a high resolution, shortwave fax, Morse & RTTY
receiving program. Suitable for CGA,
EGA, VGA and Hercules cards (state
which). Needs SSS HF radio & Radfax
decoder. *** "SATFAX" $45 is a NOAA,
Meteor & GMS weather satellite picture
receiving program. Needs EGA or VGA
plus "WEATHER FAX" PC card. ***
"MAXISAT" $75 is similar to SATFAX
but needs 2Mb expanded memory
(EMS 3.6 or 4.0) and 1024 x 768 SVGA
card. All programs are on 5.25-inch or
3.5-inch disks (state which) & include
documentation. Add $3 postage . Only
from M. Delahunty, 42 Villiers St, New
Farm, Old 4005. Phone (07) 358 2785.
AN INTERFACE to control the outside
world from a PC parallel port. 32 bits in,
32 bits out. Units can be cascaded.
Short form kit includes software examples. $35 or send $2 for my 3.5-inch
promo disk. Don McKenzie, 29 Ellesmere Crescent, Tullamarine 3043.
Phone (03) 338 6286.
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $_ _ __
O Bankcard
L
94
O Visa Card
O Master Card
or please debit my
x
I
Card No.
I
I
Signature_ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ ___ Card expiry date_ _~ /_ __ I
I
Name _ _ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __
I
I
Street _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ __ _
I
I
Suburb/town _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ Postcode_ _ _ __ _
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ JI
SILICON CHIP
40 MOTOROLA VOLTAIC PANELS:
6.5V 15W 60cm sq. System 26V 25A
(650W). 200UB frame mount with sliding protective cover. Array complete
$4250.00 ono. Further info PO Box 501,
Mudgee2850. Phone(063)726118.
UNUSUAL BOOKS: electronic devices,
fireworks, locksmithing, radar invisibility, surveillance, self-protection, unusual
chemistry and more. For a complete
catalog send 95c in stamps to: Vector
Press, Dept S, PO Box 434, Brighton
SA 5048.
VINTAGE RADIO PARTS and valves:
we stock many new receiving and transmitting valve types, spare parts, complete radios and sundry items. Send
45c stamp for price list to Airwave Ra-
SURPLUS COMPONENT SALE
STOCK QTYS LIMITED, NO BACK ORDERS
2N3055
$1.20
RESISTORS
TIP30C
$0.50
MOST VALUES AVAIL.
TIP122
$1.20
1/4WM/FILM
$3/100
2N7000
$1.50
1/3W CARBON · $2/100
2SC2240
$0.60
1/2W CARBON
$41100
VN88
$2.00
1W CARBON
$51100
3N170
$1.50
2WCARBON
$81100
2N5954
$1.50
5W WIREWOUND
$0.30
2N3440
$1.20
1OW RESISTORS
$0.60
7906C
$0.50
100uF10VTANT
$1.50
LM3900
$0.50
C&K 1201 SW
$0.50
27C41
$1.00
8W DIL SW
$2.00
68681
$7.00
CD22100 IC
$2.50
747CJ
$0.80
78l12, 79L12
$0.50
8251
$3.00
8259
$4.00
VALVES
A25 THERMISTOR
$3.00
3A4
$8.00
MCT275 OPTO
$1.20
417A
$8.00
MOC3020 OPTO
$2.00
5651
$8.00
MOC8050 OPTO
$1.50
5R4GY
$8.00
74C161
$2.00
EL32
$8.00
74HC74
$0.70
ONE ONLY TBL 12/30 TRANSMIT TUBE
$2500.00
PHONE OR MAIL ORDERS, CREDIT CARDS ACCEPTED FOR
ORDERS $20 & OVER, DISCOUNTS FOR QUANTITY ORDERS
SECONTRONICS
PO BOX 2215, BROOKSIDE, OLD 4053, PHONE (07) 3551314
143 GRAYS RD, ENOGGERA, OLD 4051, FAX (07) 8551014
SHOP OPEN SATURDAY 9AM · 4PM AH (07) 8551880
dio Restoration, PO Box 333, North
Hobart, Tas 7000.
WE HAVE THE following items for sale,
following completion of various contracts. HP 141 T spectrum analyser systems with various plug-ins, R1200 service monitors, AWA noise and distortion
meters, signal generators, Tektronix
7000 series oscilloscopes, other items
too numerous to mention. Call, write or
fax Av-Comm Pty Ltd, PO Box 225,
Balgowlah 2093 . Phone (02) 949 7417
or 948 2667. Fax (02) 949 7095.
SPRINKLER CONTROLLER KITS:
standard and enhanced versions have
new PCB layout with optional program
A/program B operation. Very reliable
and versatile designs control eight stations and have 32 programmable start
and run times. Can be used to control
just about anything (refer SILICON CHIP,
July 92). All settings stored in EEPROM.
Kits come complete with LCD and case.
Standard version: $135 . Enhanced version uses 60708U3 and has built in
calendar, allowing day Qf fortnight watering (ie, SA. SU, MO, etc), externally
triggerable cycles and rain switch capability: $175. Requires 24V AC to run.
Relays extra at $3.75 each (requires 9
for full kit) . JOCKEY PCB UPGRADE
KIT: upgrade your present version (PCB
SPV3 or SPV4) to the features of the
enhanced version. $49. SIMPLE
68705P3/U3 PROGRAMMER PCB:
needs a programmed EPROM or use it
with a ROM emulator: $27. All prices
include p&p. Kits and further info available from Graham Blowes, 38 Garnet
I
MEMORY & DRIVES
ICL 286 Board
PRICES AT JAN. 18TH, 1993
All in one board with two serial,
printer, IBM keyboard, high den·
sity floppy & IDE mono video
interface. Up to 4Mb RAM,
80286-16cpu, MS-DOS compatible, 130 page manual, small
size 170mm x 255mm.
Laptop power supply 240V 5Vf
3A 12V/3A
$89
$299
lnfrared sets, 1 each IR LED,
diode & IDC header
$1
Ampro little PC
Audio IC hybrids STK043-25 or
STK058-40W
$9.95
SIMM
1Mb x 9,
1Mbx3
4Mb x 9
4Mb x 8
70ns
70ns
70ns
sons
$54
$52
$205
$182
DRAM DIP
1 x 1Mb
256 X 4
41256
1Mb x 4
70ns
70ns
sons
Zor D
$5.80
$6.00
$2
$24
DRIVES
SEAG 42Mb
SEAG 89Mb
SEAG 107Mb
SEAG 130Mb
SEAG 245Mb
28ms
14ms
15ms
16ms
12ms
$255
$350
$385
$415
$635
IBM PS.2
50/55/70
70135
90/95
2Mb
4Mb
4Mb
$130
$220
$220
TOSHIBA
T3200SX
T44/6400
T5200
4Mb
4Mb
2Mb
$240
$_240
$150
MAC
2MbSI & LC
4Mb P'Book
$108
$270
CO-PROCESSORS
387SX 20I25 IIT
$13015
387DX All Inlet
$140
EPROMS
27C 4Mb15
$16
Sales tax 20%. Overnight delivery. Credit cards welcome.
All in one NEC V40 CPU board,
MS-DOS compatible, high density floppy. SCSI hard disk, 2
senal, printer, solid stale hard
disk, IBM keyboard intertace,
(4W), CMOS single +5V rail, up
to 768Kb RAM, 384Kb ROM,
145mm x 250mm , 98-page
manual.
$299
Ring for Latest Prices
1st Floor, 100 Yarrara Rd, PO Box 382, Pennant HIiis, 2120.
Tel:(02)9806988
Fax: (02) 9B0 6991
A lK
.11...LY.l
p► DTH'
nL
TRANSFORMER REWINDS
Fujitsu 40Mb hard
disks $269
Microbyte-PC230 v30 CPU
board, 1Mb RAM installed, 2
serial, printer, 720Kb floppy,
SCS1 hard disk, EGA video,
IBM kb intertace, made in Australia, surplus
$185 ea
720Kb Floppy Drives
$55
TRANSFORMER REWINDS
1.44Mb Floppy Drives
$89
St, Niddrie, 3042. Phone (03) 337 1917
(a/h); (03) 575 3349 (b/h); fax (03) 575
3369.
THE HOMEBUILT DYNAMO: (plans)
brushless, 1000 watt at 740 revs. $A85
postpaid airmail from Al Forbes, PO
Box 3919 - SC, Auckland, New Zealand. Phone Auckland (09) 818 8967
anytime.
KIT REPAIRS· & Construction Service.
Fixed price servicing for all kits . No job
too small. Ph (02) 649 2134 after 5pm.
MUSIC ON HOLD KIT: SC Sept.1990.
This unit is simply connected across
the existing telephone line. Press the
"Hold" button and your caller will have
music on hold, press the release button
to restore the conversation. Captures
the line when activated and an inbuilt
INTELSTAT - International S9tellite (Television) Receiving System (movies,
sport, news). Commercial 4.8-metre
solid dish plus system electronics package. Can see operating. $3995 .00 ono.
Phone Rod (08) 387 0372.
We buy surplus computer &
electronic products, bankrupt
stock and components.
p C Computers
"
'
Taped components by the metre app 200pcs, tants, caps,
zeners, diodes, resistors
$5.95/metre
600-600 ohm audio output
transformers PCB mount 18Hz38kHz.
$9.95
Kits
Max 110 kit for PCs, 7 relays,
ADC, DAC, stepper driver, TTL
inputs, with sof~vare
$169
PC 110 card with 8255 chip 24
110 lines programmable as inputs or outputs
$69
ALL TYPES OF TRANSFORMER REWINDS
Reply Paid No.2, PO Box 438, Singleton, NSW
2330. Ph: (065) 76 1291. Fax: (D65) 76 1 DD3.
Bargains
1.5 watt AM broadcast transmitter XTAL locked
$49
2.5 watt FM broadcast transmitter 88-108MHz.
$49
Digi-125 audio power amp (over
19,000 sold since 1987)
50 watV8 $14 125 watV4 $19
New 200 watV2 version $29
lnfrared relay kit
$9
Remote control tester
$4
36 Regent s1, Kensington,
SA. Phone (08) 332 6513.
FIX-A-KIT
KIT REPAIR & CONSTRUCTION
3 MONTHS WARRANTY ON REPAIRS
12 MONTHS WARRANTY ON CONSTRUCTION
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
HVCAL ELECTRONICS
Design. Manufacture & Repair of Electronic
Equipment
(02) 633 5477
pulser and a flashing LED remind you
that the hold function is activated. Will
even release the line after a few minutes in case you forget that you left
somebody on hold. Just add an inexpensive radio for a complete system.
The radio is switched by this unit to
1
conserve its batteries. On special at
$30. For the complete kit without the
case, 12V DC plugpack: $12.00. Cat
No GK116. * 16 CHANNEL UHF REMOTE CONTROL: see EA Nov 88-Jan
89. One transmitter kit, one receiver kit,
& one 4-channel relay driver kit, priced
to clear at a total price of $90 . Ref
XXFEB9401 . * 1-inch CRO TUBE: new
1-inch CRO tube, plus a connecting
diagram, plus a simple experimental
circuit. Very limited quantities: $30. Ref
MARCH
1993
95
LOCAL TRADES & SERVICES
JV Tuners - Repairs
* Tuner repairs for TVs & VCRs *
•
•
•
•
Shorted Turns Tester
High Voltage Probe
Degaussing Wand
Remote Control Tester
Altronics ............................... . 54-56
Transformer Re.winds
For all types of
transformer rewinds.
(02) 7741154 Fax (02) 7741154
(065) 761291 Fax (065) 761003
Ian J Truscott's
Electronic World
EEM Electronics
Antique Radio Restorations .... ... 94
A-One Electronics ....... ........ . 12-15
Autotron Australia ..... .. ... .. .. ....... . 46
Av-Comm ............................ ....... 67
David Reid Electronics ........ ...... 19
Mail or credit card facilities
Printed circuit board assemhl)·,
switch mode power supplies repaired.
Design work from start to finish.
Ring anytimc 9am-9pm Mon-Sun.
(03) 7233344 Fax (03) 4192808
(03) 4011393
For service & repair work
Advertising Index
Dick Smith Electronics .. ........ 68-71
EEM Electronics ... ..... ..... ..... ... ... 96
Electronic World .. ....... .... ...... 53,96
Harbuch Electronics .... ....... ....... 73
Hycal Instruments .... .. ................ 96
Jaycar .. ... ............. ...... .... .... ... 48-49
Silicon Chip
T.A. Mowles
To advertise your products or
services, please call Sharon on
Printed circuit boards for· the
hobbyist.
For service & enquiries contact:
(02)9795644(018)285532
(08) 3265590
JV Tuners .. ..... .. .. ........... ... ......... 96
Oatley Electronics .... .... ..... 3,39,96
PC Computers ... ..... .... ....... .. ...... 96
Pelham ............................... ... .... 95
Peter C. Lacey Services ............ 42
Philips Test & Measurement .... IFC
XXFEB9402. * FIBRE OPTIC CABLE:
high quality fibre optic cable, single
fibre <at> $2/metre or 10 metres for $15,
dual fibre <at> $4/metre or 10 metres for
$30. Ref XXFEB9403. * SWITCHED
MODE POWER SUPPLIES: compact
enclosed ex-Telecom supplies. Dimensions: 300 x 90 x 180mm. Unregu lated
input: 30-50V, regulated input of 12V<at>
6A or 5V <at> 40A; two different units.
Limited stocks <at> $28 ea. P&P $7
(Heavy!). Specify type when ordering.
Ref XXFEB9404. * SOLAR LIGHTING
BARGAIN: (EA Nov. 92). This kit has
three separate sections that are contained on one PCB but can be separated: (1) a crystal locked ultrasonic
movement detector, (2) a fluorescent
tube inverter (4-20W) with logic circuitry,
(3) a solar battery charging regulator &
an incandescent lamp switcher-pulser,
which employs a Mosfet switch . As a
package special , we are offering the
complete kit for the three sections plus
six 6V/1 W solar panels for a total cost
of only $99! Ref XXJAN93104.
* SWITCHES: high quality miniature
enclosed, Italian (FEME) 1, 2, 3 & 5pole, 12-position switches: $2.80 ea or
10 for $20. Ref XXJAN93105 . Major
96
SILICON CHIP
cards accepted with phone & fax orders. Total cost of certified p&p: Australia'$5, NZ (airmail) $10. Oatley Electronics, PO Box 89, Oatley, 2223. Phone
(02) 579 4985. Fax (02) 570 7910.
WANTED
SCULPTOR NEEDS AMATEUR electronics buff, digitally competent, to help
with projects Adelaide area. No remuneration . 2B Trennery St, West Richmond.
RCS Radio ... ..... ..... ..... .... ... ...... . 96
Resurrection Radio .............. ..... . 87
Rod Irving Electronics ..... ... .. 26-31
Sanyo Australia ... ... ..... .......... OBC
Silicon Chip Binders .................. 79
Silicon Chip Back Issues ...... 88-89
T. A. Mowles ..... ... ..... .... ..... ........ 96
Tektronix .. ....... ............ ............. IBC
Transformer Rewinds ... ...... ..... 104
RC§ RADIO PTY ILTD
~i~1,~
0°i6if\!...ol Ill
:;=J I
RCS Radio Pty Ltd is the only company that manufactures and sells
every PC board and front panel
published in SILICON CHIP, ETI and
EA.
RCS Radio Pty Ltd,
651 Forest Rd, Bexley 2207.
Phone (02) 587 3491
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP projects are made by:
• Jemal Products, 5 Forge St,
Welshpool, WA 6106. Phone (09)
350 5555.
• Marday Services, PO Box 19-189,
Avondale, Auckland, NZ. Phone (09)
828 5730.
• RCS Radio Pty Ltd, 651 Forest
Rd, Bexley, NSW 2207. Phone (02)
587 3491.
INNOVATIVE COMPREHENSIVE RELIABLE
The New TAS 400
Series from ll'Ktronix
Tektronix Analog Scopes set new
standards in user operations based
on the success of the INNOVATIVE
TDS Family of Digital Storage
Oscilloscopes.
Two or Four Channels, Autoset,
dual time base, on-screen cursors,
readout, save and recall of
settings are part of the
COMPREHENSIVE standard
features. Enhanced TV Trigger mode
makes the TAS family ideal for video
applications.
The TAS series are very RELIABLE.
Should a scope fail during the 3 year
standard warranty, it will be replaced
at no charge.
With prices from around $2500* you
can afford the best!
Call now for details and
specifications.
FREE CALL (008) 023 342
T EKTRONIX
A NALOG
ScoPEs
Tektronix
/
' Price does not incl ude Sa les Tax
|